Technical Assistance Consultant’s Report

Project Number: 53307-002 March 2020

Kingdom of : Diagnostic Study and Strategy Development for Rural Finance Sector Development

Prepared by Akurange Somaratne

Thimphu, Bhutan

For Ministry of Finance

This consultant’s report does not necessarily reflect the views of ADB or the Government concerned, and ADB and the Government cannot be held liable for its contents. (For project preparatory technical assistance: All the views expressed herein may not be incorporated into the proposed project’s design.

DIAGNOSTIC STUDY AND STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT FOR RURAL FINANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT-

FINAL REPORT TA-9805BHU

BHUTAN DEVELOPMENT BANK LIMITED (BDBL) AND RURAL ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION (REDCL)

LIONEL SOMARATNE RURAL FINANCE SPECIALIST March – 2020

Contents ABBREVIATIONS ...... 1 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 2 1.1. INTRODUCTION: ...... 2 1.2. PROJECT: ...... 2 1.3. CONSTRAINTS FOR EXPANDING RURAL CREDIT: ...... 3 1.4. THE COUNTRY: ...... 3 1.5. THE ECONOMY: ...... 3 1.6. FINANCIAL SECTOR: ...... 3 1.7. CURRENT STATUS OF RURAL FINANCE SECTOR: ...... 3 1.8. MICROFINANCE SECTOR: ...... 4 1.9. BHUTAN DEVELOPMENT BANK (BDBL): ...... 4 1.10. RURAL ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION: ...... 4 1.11. NEW STRATEGY FOR BDBL TO IMPROVE RURAL FINANCE: ...... 5 1.12. NEW SYTRATEGY FOR REDCL TO IMPROVE ITS RURAL FINANCE:...... 5 1.13. INTERVENTIONS SUGGESTED FOR IMPROVING RURAL FINANCE SECTOR: ...... 5 2. PART ONE - PROJECT BACKGROUND ...... 6 2.1. PROJECT: ...... 6 2.2. PROJECT RATIONALE: ...... 6 2.3. TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR): ...... 7 2.4. THE COUNTRY: ...... 8 2.5. ECONOMY: ...... 9 2.6. FINANCIAL SECTOR: ...... 10 2.6.1. Access Points: ...... 11 2.6.2. Performance of Banks: ...... 12 2.6.3. Interest Rates: ...... 14 2.7. CURRENT STATUS OF RURAL FINANCE IN BHUTAN: ...... 15 2.7.1. Constraints Faced by CSIs and Rural Poor in Accessing Banking Services: ...... 17 2.7.2. Constraints Faced by Financial Institutions in Delivering Financial Services: ...... 17 3. PART TWO - DIAGNOSTIC STUDY ON BHUTAN DEVELOPMENT BANK LIMITED ...... 19 3.1. THE BANK: ...... 19 3.2. PRODUCTS - CREDIT: ...... 20 3.3. PRODUCTS - DEPOSITS ...... 22

i

3.4. BUSINESS PROCESS: ...... 24 3.5. OPERATING MODALITY ...... 25 3.6. LENDING PORTFOLIO: ...... 27 3.7. CREDIT OUTREACH: ...... 28 3.8. DEPOSITS OUTREACH: ...... 29 3.9. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: ...... 29 3.9.1. Profit and Loss Statements: ...... 29 3.9.2. Balance Sheets: ...... 31 3.10. NON-PERFORMING LOANS: ...... 33 3.11. CAUSES FOR HIGH NPLs: ...... 35 3.11.1. Inadequate Skills in Credit Appraisal-Skills Gap Analysis: ...... 36 3.11.2. Lack of Proper Guidelines on Credit Appraisal: ...... 37 3.11.3. Lack of Credit Risk Management Tools at Loan Origination: ...... 38 3.11.4. Lack of Loan Supervision: ...... 38 3.11.5. Low Financial Literacy of Clients and need for client education: ...... 39 3.11.6. Lack of Professional Business Development Support Services (BDS) for CSIs and the need for business facilitation: ...... 40 3.12. PRICING AND SECURITY (COLLATERAL):...... 40 3.13. TERMS AND CONDITIONS: ...... 42 3.14. COMMUNITY CENTERS: ...... 43 3.15. OPERATIONS OF REVOLVING FUND I (RFI): ...... 44 3.16. BRANCH AND CLIENT VISITS: ...... 45 3.16.1. BDBL Branch - Phunaka ...... 46 3.16.2. BDBL Branch - Nobding: ...... 46 3.16.3. BDBL Branch - Wongdue: ...... 47 3.17. CONCLUSIONS: ...... 48 4. PART THREE - DIAGNOSTIC STUDY OF REDCL ...... 50 4.1. INTRODUCTION TO REDCL: ...... 50 4.2. TYPES OF LOANS OFFERED: ...... 51 4.3. BUSINESS PROCESS: ...... 52 4.4. OPERATING MODALITY: ...... 53 4.5. LOAN APPLICATIONS RECEIVED: ...... 54 4.6. LOAN APPROVALS: ...... 54

ii

4.7. NON-PERFORMING LOANS: ...... 56 4.8. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: ...... 58 4.8.1. Financial Performance-Profit and Loss Statements: ...... 58 4.8.2. Financial Performance-Balance Sheets: ...... 58 4.9. CAUSES FOR HIGH NPLs: ...... 59 4.9.1. Inadequate Skills in Credit Appraisal: ...... 59 4.9.2. Lack of Proper Guidelines on Credit Appraisal: ...... 59 4.9.3. Lack of Credit Risk Management Tools at Loan Origination: ...... 60 4.9.4. Lack of Loan Supervision: ...... 60 4.9.5 Low Financial Literacy of Clients: ...... 61 4.9.6. Lack of Professional Business Development Support Services (BDS) for CSIs: ...... 62 4.10. BRANCH AND CLIENT VISITS: ...... 62 4.10.1. REDCL Brach - Phunaka: ...... 63 4.10.2. REDCL Branch ...... 63 4.10.3. Observation of the Consultant During Branch and Client Visits: ...... 64 4.11. CONCLUSION: ...... 64 5. PART FOUR – STRATAGIES PROPOSED FOR BDBL ...... 65 5.1. INTRODUCTION: ...... 65 5.2. STRATEGY ONE - IMPROVING CAPITAL ADEQUACY ...... 65 5.3. STRATEGY TWO - MEASURES PROPOSED TO INCREASE THE RURAL FINANCE CREDIT OUTREACH: ...... 65 5.3.1. Revitalization of Group Lending: ...... 66 5.3.2. Making Use of Community Centers to Increase BDBLs Rural Outreach and Social Mobilization: ...... 66 5.3.3. Lending to Women Groups: ...... 69 5.3.4 Lending to Unemployed Youth: ...... 70 5.4. STRATEGY THREE - INTRODUCTION OF NEW PRODUCTS TO IMPROVE RURAL CREDIT ...... 70 5.4.1. Leasing-Equipment and vehicles: ...... 70 5.4.2. Leasing for high - end consumer durables for rural households with regular or seasonal incomes: ...... 71 5.4.3. Venture capital/Seed capital for sustainable CSIs who are experiencing shortages of equity capital:...... 71 5.4.4. Wholesale loans to sustainable MFIs through credit lines: ...... 72 5.4.5. Value chain financing programs for few industry sectors/commodities: ...... 73

iii

5.4.6. Non Collateralized Loans: ...... 74 5.5 STRATEGY FOUR - PROVISION OF BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TO CSIs TO PROMOTE RURAL CREDIT: ...... 75 5.6. STRATEGY FIVE - IMPROVING CREDIT APPRAISAL SKILLS ...... 77 5.7. STRATEGY SIX - PROVIDING BETTER DOCUMENTARY GUIDELINES ON CREDIT APPRAISAL: ..... 77 5.8 STRATEGY SEVEN - INTRODUCING CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT TOOLS AT LOAN ORIGINATION: ...... 78 5.9. STRATEGY EIGHT - IMPROVING LOAN SUPERVISION:...... 80 5.10. STRATEGY NINE - DIVERSIFYING FUNDING BASE: ...... 81 5.11. STRATEGY TEN - IMPROVING FINANCIAL LITERACY OF CLIENTS ...... 82 5.12. STRATEGY ELEVEN - CHAINGING TERMS AND CONDITIONS REALATING TO PRICING AND SECURITY (COLLATERAL): ...... 83 5.13. STRATEGY TWELVE - RELAXING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LENDING ...... 84 6. PART FIVE – STRATEGIES PROPOSED FOR REDCL ...... 86 6.1. INTRODUCTION: ...... 86 6.2. STRATEGY ALREADY PROPOSED BY THE GOVERNMENT: ...... 86 6.3. ADDITIONAL STRATEGIES SUGGESTED FOR IMPROVING THE PROPOSED STRATEGY: ...... 87 6.3.1. Strategy One - Improvements to the Lending Policy Manual: ...... 87 6.3.2. Strategy Two - improving skills of credit officers on cash flow based lending: ...... 88 6.3.3. Strategy Three - Introducing Credit Risk Management Tools at Loan Origination: ...... 88 6.3.4. Strategy Four - Introducing of New Products –Group Loans: ...... 89 6.3.5. Strategy Five- Lending to Women Groups: ...... 89 6.3.6. Strategy Six- Lending to Unemployed Youths: ...... 89 6.3.7. Strategy Seven - Introducing New Products to Improve Rural Credit: ...... 90 6.3.8. Strategy Eight - Leasing Equipment and Vehicles: ...... 90 6.3.9. Strategy Nine - Leasing for high-end consumer durables for rural households with regular or seasonal incomes: ...... 91 6.3.10. Strategy Ten - Venture capital/Seed capital for sustainable CSIs who are experiencing shortages of equity capital: ...... 91 6.3.11. Strategy Eleven - Wholesale loans to sustainable MFIs through credit lines: ...... 92 6.3.12. Strategy Twelve - Value chain financing programs for few industry sectors/commodities: ...... 92 6.3.13 Strategy Thirteen - Provision of Business Development Services (BDS) to CSIs to Promote rural credit: ...... 94

iv

7. PART SEVEN - OTHER INTERVENTIONS SUGGESTED FOR IMPROVING RURAL FINANCE SECTOR AT MACRO LEVEL...... 96 7.1. INTRODUCTION: ...... 96 7.1.1. Intervention One - Development of Microfinance Sector: ...... 96 7.1.2. Intervention Two - Improving Professional Business Development Support Services for CSIs: ...... 98 7.1.3. Intervention Three - Using Priority Sector Lending (PSL) Directives to Improve Rural Finance: ...... 99 7.1.4. Intervention Four - Establishing a Credit Guarantee Scheme for CSIs: ...... 100 7.1.5. Intervention Five - Development of Value Chain Financing ...... 100 ANNEXURE 01 ...... I ANNEXURE 02 ...... III ANNEXURE 03 ...... IV ANNEXURE 04 ...... V ANNEXURE 05 ...... XVIII ANNEXURE 06 ...... LXVII ANNEXURE 07 ...... LXXVII ANNEXURE 07 (A) ...... LXXIX ANNEXURE 08 ...... LXXXI ANNEXURE 09 ...... LXXXIII ANNEXURE 10 ...... LXXXIV ANNEXURE 11 ...... LXXXV ANNEXURE 12 ...... LXXXVI ANNEXURE 13 ...... LXXXVII ANNEXURE 14 ...... XCIV

v

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB Asian Development Bank BDBL Bhutan Development Bank BNB Bhutan National Bank BOB Bank of Bhutan BOIC Business Opportunity Information Center CGAP Consultative Group to Assist Poor CSI Cottage and Small Industries DFI Development Finance Institution FDI Foreign Direct Investment GDP GNH MFI Microfinance Institution MLR Minimum Lending Rate MoEA Ministry of Economic Affairs MSME Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise NPL Non-Performing Loans NSFI National Strategy for Financial Inclusion REDCL Rural Enterprise Development Corporation RF Revolving Fund RGoB Royal Government of Bhutan RICB Royal Insurance Corporation of Bhutan RMA Royal Monetary Authority TA Technical Assistance

1

BHU - RURAL FINANCE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECT

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.1. INTRODUCTION: The Asian Development Bank (ADB) has launched a Technical Assistance Project (TA 9805-BHU) in Bhutan with the objective of developing the Rural Finance Sector in Bhutan. Under the project, diagnostic studies are to be conducted on two leading rural finance institutions namely; Bhutan Development Bank Limited (BDBL) and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL). Based on the diagnostic reviews, strategies are to be developed for improving the rural finance activities of BDBL and RECDL in remote and inaccessible areas. In order to execute the Rural Finance Sector Development Project, the ADB has recruited the following three international experts to cover the different area’ of the project and one national consultant to assist the international consultants. - Banks and financial sector Specialist - Rural finance Specialist - Financial Management assessment and financial due diligence Specialist

This Final Report (prepared by Lionel Somaratne - Rural Finance Specialist) represents the findings of the Diagnostic Studies of Bhutan Development Bank Limited (BDBL) and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation Limited (REDCL) and the strategies proposed by him (Rural Finance Specialist) for BDBL and REDCL based on the findings of the diagnostic studies. The report also provides country and sector context.

1.2. PROJECT: The Bhutanese economy is cash based economy where households have a vibrant informal savings and lending culture. Since cash is the predominant form of exchange, people have no incentives to deal with banks or other financial institutions. The access to finance situation in Bhutan is still at a very low level when compared with other developing countries. Out of its total population of around 800,000 people, around 62.8% (2017) live in rural areas with as the primary source of livelihood. BDBL and REDCL are the two main financial institutions involved in the provision of rural finance and both these institutions are fully owned by the Government. Although, the accounts penetration of Bhutan is at a very high level of around 64%, the access to credit which is essential to improve the living standard of poor people, is at extremely low level of around 16%. One of the main reasons for the low access to credit is the problems associated with the rural financial institutions. The Royal Government of Bhutan (RGoB) has given priority to improve access to finance and financial inclusion in the country. Royal Monetary Authority (RMA) developed “National Strategy for Financial Inclusion 2018-2023 (NSFI 2018-2023)” focuses mainly on the Cottage and Small Industry (CSI) sector which is facing difficulties in accessing finance from the financial institutions. The overall objective of the project is to remedy the problems faced by the two main rural finance institutions.

2

1.3. CONSTRAINTS FOR EXPANDING RURAL CREDIT: Rural sector including the cottage and Small Industries faces several constraints in accessing finance from the formal financial sector (demand side issues) while financial institutions also face several constraints in providing financial services (Supply side issues). Non-availability of acceptable collateral, non-availability of viable projects, limited market opportunities and sparsely spread population are some of the main problems faced by the potential borrowers and financial institutions involved in rural finance.

1.4. THE COUNTRY: Bhutan is a land locked small and remote kingdom located in Himalayas between its powerful neighbors; and . Its total land area is 38,364 sq. km and around 70% of the land area is covered with forests. The land of Bhutan is rugged and consists of steep mountains and deep valleys. The total population of the country is around 0.8 Mn (2017). The population density of Bhutan is 18 people per sq. km and it is one of the lowest population densities of the world. Bhutan has four season’s namely spring, summer, autumn and winter. Depending on the altitude of the location, the climate varies.

1.5. THE ECONOMY: Bhutan’s small economy with a GDP of US$ 2,582 Mn (2018) is largely based on hydropower, agriculture and which provides livelihood for more than half of the population. The GDP per capita in 2018 was US$ 3,423 and GDP has grown by 4.6% over the previous year. The growth rate which was 8.0% in 2016 has dropped to 6.3% in 2017 mainly due to low investments in the hydropower projects. The estimated growth rate for 2019 is 5.7% and 6% for 2020. The services sector contributes nearly 42% of GDP while industrial sector including hydropower contributes around 41% of GDP. Although the contribution from agriculture sector towards GDP is only around 17%, it provides livelihood to around 62% of the population. The country is famous for its unique philosophy of Gross National Happiness (GNH) which forms the basis of its development strategies.

1.6. FINANCIAL SECTOR: The financial sector of Bhutan consists of five (05) banks, three (03) insurance companies, six (06) microfinance companies, one (01) credit information bureau, one (01) National Pension & Provident fund, one (01) central registry and one (01) stock exchange. Around 64% of the adult population have savings accounts and only 16% had access to credit and 18% held life insurance. The banking sector is the dominant player in the financial sector. Lending by banks to the rural sector is at a very low level and of the five banks; involvement of four banks in rural finance is very limited. In order to compel them to lend to the rural sector, RMA in 2018 introduced prudential guidelines on Priority Sector Lending (PSL). Under these guidelines all banks are required to lend at least 1% their lending portfolios to priority sectors. Rural sector and CSI sector are among the priority sectors designated by RMA.

1.7. CURRENT STATUS OF RURAL FINANCE SECTOR: Since cash is the predominant form of exchange, people have no much incentive to deal with banks or other financial

3

institutions. Rural areas are particularly unbanked where bank branches are distant and banking culture poorly reflects people’s financial needs. The overall level of financial inclusion in Bhutan is at a very low level. Rural areas are particularly unbanked where bank branches are distant and banking culture poorly reflects people’s financial needs. Significant disparities persists in financial inclusion between rural and urban areas, youth and adults, the poor and the rich and CSIs and large firms. According to the National Financial Inclusion Strategy 2018-2023 (NFIS), as of December 2017, 64.47% of the adult population in Bhutan had an account with a bank while only 16.08% had access to credit and 17.79% held a life insurance policy. Out of the 64.47% of adults who held accounts with banks, 56% were male and 44% were female. Similarly, out of the 16.08 % who had access to credit, 54% were male and 46% were female.

1.8. MICROFINANCE SECTOR: A very important and effective role could be played by MFIs in any in improving the livelihood of poor households through the provision of easily accessible, affordable and sustainable financial products. Six microfinance institutions (MFIs) have been licensed by RMA and only two of them have licenses to accept deposits from the general public. All the MFIs in Bhutan operating mainly in rural areas are still at very early stage of development. These MFIs could be used to effectively deliver financial products and services to the rural sector.

1.9. BHUTAN DEVELOPMENT BANK (BDBL): Bhutan Development Bank Limited (BDBL) was originally known as Bhutan Development Finance Corporation. It was incorporated by the Royal Charter in January 1988 with assistance from the Asian Development Bank (ADB) to function as a Development Finance Institution (DFI). In 2010 it registered as a company under the Companies Act 2000 and licensed by RMA under the Finance Institution Act. After obtaining its banking license in March 2010, it started functioning as a domestic development bank with current account facilities. The main objective of BDBL is to “promote the industrial, agricultural and commercial development” of the mainly by providing financial services to Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) for the development and modernization of agricultural, industrial and commercial enterprises of the country. BDBL is the leading rural finance service provider in the country. The Bank has been faced with a very high NPL problem and a need has arisen for restructuring of the Bank.

1.10. RURAL ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION: Under the Government Economic Stimulus Plan (ESP) of 2003, with a budget of Nu 5.0 Bn, a Revolving Fund (RF) was established with an allocation of Nu 1.9 Bn to improve the CSI sector and the informal activities of the rural sector in 2014. An organization under the name of “Business Opportunities Information Center (BOIC)” established to carry out the activities of the Revolving Fund. The target group of the Revolving Fund was the CSIs and the non-formal rural activities. Of the total fund of Nu 1.9 Bn, a sum of Nu 1.5 Bn was allocated under Revolving Fund I (RF I) to finance new business start-ups primarily cottage and small industries and a sum of 0.4 Bn was allocated under Revolving Fund II (RF II) to finance non- formal rural activities. Due to some issues faced by BOIC, activities of it was terminated after

4

two years of operations. In order to continue the activities of RF II, the Government in May 2016 established Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL) as a wholly state owned enterprise under the Companies Act and licensed by RMA as a Microfinance Institution (MFI). All activities of RFII with a lending portfolio of Nu 127 Mn were transferred from BOIC to REDCL which commenced operations in June 2016. The Management of RF I was entrusted with BDBL. The main objective of REDCL is to “provide funds for the non- formal rural activities on a low interest rate of 4% per annum and without any collateral requirement in order to stimulate economic activities and add value to the domestic resources and create employment”. The maximum loan amount is Nu 500,000 and the rate of interest is 4% per annum and loans are non-collateralized.

1.11. NEW STRATEGY FOR BDBL TO IMPROVE RURAL FINANCE: Currently BDBL is faced with several difficulties such as low capital adequacy, very high NPL, high cost of funds, lending skills gaps and shortage of manpower for monitoring of lending portfolio. A new strategy is to be implemented to remedy some of these problems based on the findings of the diagnostic study.

1.12. NEW SYTRATEGY FOR REDCL TO IMPROVE ITS RURAL FINANCE: Although the current Business model of REDCL is suitable for and capable of achieving its social objectives, it is unable to achieve the sustainability objective. Financial institutions involved in financing Micro, Small, Medium Enterprises are required to manage its “double bottom lines” and realizing the need to achieve long term sustainability, and the Government has introduced legislation for up gradation of REDCL to a CSI Bank. A draft strategy document has already been developed by REDCL/Government.

1.13. INTERVENTIONS SUGGESTED FOR IMPROVING RURAL FINANCE SECTOR: Currently, the main players of the rural finance in Bhutan are BDBL and REDCL. Since there are several constraints faced by these two institutions, they may not be able to deliver entirely the financial services requirement of the rural sector. Micro level interventions along is not sufficient to develop the rural finance sector. Some interventions by the authorities at macro level are essential to create a conducive environment and some mechanism outside these two institutions to supplement their services is required.

5

2. PART ONE - PROJECT BACKGROUND

2.1. PROJECT: Since 1982, ADB has supported Bhutan through various programs, mainly in energy, transport, finance and urban development. The current ADB - TA project is to undertake diagnostic studies on Bhutan Development Bank Limited (BDBL) and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL) and to develop strategies for the two institutions based on the findings of the respective diagnostic studies (TA 9805-BHU - Diagnostic Study and Strategy Development for Rural Finance Sector Development). The diagnostic studies on the two rural finance institutions are to cover the current products and services for rural MSMEs including but not limited to outreach, portfolio quality, business process, pricing, costs and client services and identify issues and constraints to expand BDBL’s and REDCL’s MSME client outreach. Based on the diagnostic review, develop strategies for BDBL’s and REDCL’s rural financing modality covering but not limited products, business process, pricing and security, terms and conditions, social mobilization and client education value chain development and business facilitation in view of extending services to remote and inaccessible areas.

2.2. PROJECT RATIONALE: Despite the recent private sector driven economic growth, the Bhutanese economy is still largely rural and agriculture – based. Out of its total population, around 62.8% live in rural areas with agriculture as the primary source of livelihood. Most rural famers are subsistence small farmers with little land holdings and little incomes. In rural areas opportunities to generate cash income outside agriculture or off-farm employment opportunities are very limited making rural population dependent exclusively on farming. The Government of Bhutan recognizes the Cottage and Small Industry (CSI) Sector primarily based in rural areas as the driver of the economic development which can positively impact the employment, income generation and poverty reduction. Currently, CSIs accounts for more than 90% of the total business enterprises employing around 99,200 people representing about 20% of the adult population. Although the CSI sector is extremely important from the economic development point of view, it faces several constraints such as access to finance, poor infrastructure, limited market opportunities, very limited Business Development Services (BDS) and strict labor regulations. The key objective of the Rural Finance Sector Development project of ADB is to study the constraints faced by CSI sector and rural farmers in accessing finance from the formal financial institutions and also to study the constraints experienced by key rural finance financial institutions in delivering finance to the CSI sector and rural farmers. Based on the studies, the Consultant will develop strategies and appropriate recommendations to improve the access to finance by CSIs and rural poor thereby improving the overall financial inclusion of Bhutan. In order to execute the Rural Finance Sector Development Project, the ADB has recruited the following three international experts to cover areas of the project and one national consultant to assist the international consultants. The International Consultants recruited are; i. Banks and Financial Sector Specialist

6

ii. Rural Finance Specialist iii. Financial Management Assessment and Financial Due Diligence Specialist An international micro insurance specialist is to be recruited.

2.3. TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR): Lionel Somaratne (The Consultant) has been recruited as the Rural Finance Expert. A brief description of the Terms of Reference of the assignment of the Rural Finance Expert is given below: I. The Objective and Purpose of the Assignment: to develop rural financing strategies financing strategies that will enable Bhutan development Bank Limited ( BDBL) and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation Limited(REDCL) to reach the unbanked rural micro, small and medium-sized enterprises(MSMEs)which will include a measure to enhance access to finance for women and vulnerable groups.

II. Scope of Work: Conduct a diagnostic review of BDBL’s and REDCL’s current products and services for rural MSMEs and develop rural finance strategies for BDBL and REDCL

III. Tasks and/or Expected Output: Conduct a diagnostic review of BDBL’s and REDCL’s current products and services for rural MSMEs including but not limited to outreach, portfolio quality, business process, pricing ,costs and client services and identify issues and constraints to expand BDBL’s and REDCL’s MSME client out reach. Based on the diagnostic review, develop strategies for BDBL’s and REDCL’s rural financing modality covering but not limited;

➢ products, ➢ business process, ➢ appropriate pricing and security , ➢ terms and conditions , ➢ social mobilization and client education, ➢ value chain development and ➢ Business facilitation. iv. The rural finance strategies to cover the methodology and approach to extend rural financial services to rural unbanked [population including poor, women and vulnerable that are currently un-served by banks and other formal financial institutions. v. Other tasks as reasonably requested by ADB

The Rural Finance Expert has also been requested to analyze the following aspects of BDBL and make recommendations on how to improve these aspects.

➢ How BDBL can link its clients to Business Development Services ➢ How to improve client financial literacy ➢ How to expand non-collateral based group or individual based lending

7

➢ How to make better use of community centers on cost recovery basis

The assignment is to be completed during the period 1st November 2019 to 30th March 2020 in 44 man days.

2.4. THE COUNTRY: Bhutan also known as the “land of thunder dragon” is a landlocked small and remote kingdom located in Himalayas between its powerful neighbors; India and China and it also borders and . The country controls several key Himalayan mountain passes. Bhutan occupies an area of approximately 38,364 sq. km. Out of the total land area, 71% is under forest cover, and seven percent under year–round snow and glaciers, about three percent cultivable agricultural, four percent meadows and pastures and the balance is barren, rocky and scrub land. The land of Bhutan is rugged and consists of steep mountains and deep valleys. Virtually, the entire country is mountainous and ranges from 100 m to 7,554m at Kulha Gangri Peak on the Tibetan boarder. Bhutan has four season’s namely spring, summer, autumn and winter. Depending on the altitude of the location, the climate varies. The extremely varied climate of Bhutan can be attributed to two factors: the vast difference in altitude present in the country and the influence of north Indian monsoon. Southern Bhutan has a hot and humid subtropical climate that is fairly unchanged throughout the year. The temperature can vary from 15-30 degree Celsius. In the central part of the country which consists of temperate and deciduous forests, the climate is more seasonal with warm, cool and dry summers.

The total population of the country was 727,145 (2017) of which 380,453 were male and 346,692 were female. The population of Bhutan had grown at an average annual rate of 1.3% during the period 2005-2017.The age profile of the population is shown below:

0-14 years 25.35% 15-24 years 18.40% 25-54 Years 43.73% 55 years and over 12.52%

The age structure of a population affects the nation’s key socio-economic issues. Countries with young populations (high percentage under 15 years) need to spend and invest more in education while countries with older population (65 years and over) also need to spend and invest on social security programs and health. Healthcare and primary are provided by the government free of charge. The rapid growth in the young population requires governments to create more job opportunities. In Bhutan young population accounts for 18.4% of the population and the number of young people are increasing continuously. In Bhutan, the unemployment among the young people has become an issue. If young population is unable to find jobs it can lead to unrest. The overall unemployment

8

rate of Bhutan is 3.2% but the unemployment among youth is 10.7%. The population growth rate of Bhutan was 1.02% in 2018. The population density of Bhutan is 18 people per sq. km and it is one of the lowest population densities of the world. There are three main namely; Tshanglas, Ngalops and . The official language of Bhutan is , a language closely related to Tibetan and Nepali. For administrative purposes, Bhutan is divided in to 20 Dzongkag or districts and 205 Gewogs or group of villages.

2.5. ECONOMY: Bhutan’s small economy with a GDP of US$ 2,582 (2018) is largely based on hydropower, agriculture and forestry which provides livelihood for more than half of the population. The GDP per capita in 2018 was US$ 3,423 and GDP has grown by 4.6% over the previous year. The growth rate which was 8.0% in 2016 has dropped to 6.3% in 2017 mainly due low investments in the hydropower projects. The estimated growth rate for 2019 is 5.7% and 6.0% for 2020. The services sector contributes nearly 42% of GDP while industrial sector including hydropower contributes around 41%. One of the economic risks faced by Bhutan is very high reliance on hydropower. Around 40% of the total exports of the country are from hydropower while around 25% government revenue is from hydropower. Given the size of the hydropower projects relative to the size of the economy, any setbacks in the construction of hydropower projects will negatively impact the economy through lower exports and reduced government revenue. Bhutan currently utilizes only 6.5% of its hydropower potential of around 24,000 megawatts. Due to its capital incentive nature, hydropower and construction sectors, the development of these two sectors does not generate much employment opportunities. Although the contribution from agriculture sector towards GDP is only around 17%, it provides livelihood to around 62% of the population. Agriculture is mainly for subsistence and the average farm size is about 1.7 hectares. With much of Bhutan too steep, too high or too cold to farm, only around 3% of the Bhutan is cultivable and most of this is fragmented and scattered in difficult terrain making farming very difficult and labor intensive with mechanization being difficult. Although the agriculture is livelihood of 62% of the population, it faces several constraints including, small size of land holding, lack of adequate irrigation facilities, poor soil fertility in some areas, limited access to technology and inputs, few off-farm employment opportunities, poor access to markets and very high transport costs. Rice is the main crop and is grown by nearly 60% of households. Livestock (cattle, pigs and poultry) is also an important economic activity of farmers. The industrial sector is primarily of cottage and small industry type except the hydropower projects. The economy is closely aligned with Indian economy with trade and monetary links. Bhutanese currency is pegged to Indian Rupee and impact of economic events in India is reflected in the economic events of Bhutan. The country is heavily dependent on India for financial assistance and migrant laborers for development projects such as roads, bridges and construction of buildings. The entirety of electricity exports from Bhutan is to India and of the total exports of Bhutan, India accounts for around 85% of exports. Of the total imports of the country, around 82% is from India. The country is famous for its unique philosophy of Gross National Happiness (GNH) which forms the basis of its development strategies. Economists all over the world

9

have argued and many of have agreed that the key to happiness is obtaining and enjoying material wealth. This is why the world has been using the total material output of a country measured in terms of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) as the indicator of the level of development. Bhutan however, adheres to a different belief and advocates that amassing material wealth does not necessarily lead to happiness. Bhutan now tries to measure the country’s level of development not by the popular measure of GDP but through the Gross National Happiness. The four main pillars of GNH are; i. Equitable and sustainable socio-economic benefit ii. Preservation and promotion of cultural and spiritual heritage iii. Conservation of environment iv. Good Governance

The concept of GNH implies that sustainable development should take a holistic approach towards the notion of progress and give equal importance to non-economic aspects of well- being. It includes an index which is used to measure the collective happiness and wellbeing of the population. The index contains nine domains (psychological wellbeing, health, education, time use, cultural diversity and resilience, community vitality, ecological diversity and resilience, good governance and living standards). All economic plans of Bhutan are based on this concept. Since 1961, the economy of Bhutan has been guided through Five Year Development Plans. The first Five-year development Plan was introduced in 1961 with financial assistance from India and the five-year plan currently being implemented is the 12th Plan (2018 -2023). The five-year plans of Bhutan are a series of national economic development plans created by the government of Bhutan to implement its development plans. The objective of the 12th Five Year Plan is to create a “Just Harmonious and Sustainable Society through enhanced Decentralization”. A “just Society” is defined as a society where every citizen has equitable access to resources and opportunities to pursue and realize individual and national aspirations. Some of the high priority areas that will be addressed under 12th Five-year plan are economic growth and diversification, employment generation, access to reliable and safe drinking water, rural income generation, efficiency and effectiveness of public service and waste management.

2.6. FINANCIAL SECTOR: The financial sector of Bhutan consists of five (05) banks, three (03) insurance companies, six (06) microfinance companies, one (01) credit information bureau, one (01) National Pension & Provident fund, one (01) central registry and one (01) stock exchange. The banking sector is the dominant player of the financial sector and the five banks in Bhutan are Bank of Bhutan (BOB), Bhutan National Bank (BNB), Druk PNB Bank (DPNBB), T Bank and Bhutan Development Bank. Bank of Bhutan (BOB) the largest bank in Bhutan was established in 1968 as the country’s first commercial bank as a joint venture of the government with Standard Charted Bank. It served as country’s central bank, prior to the establishment of Royal Monetary Authority (RMA) in 1983. In 1972, BOB was re- organized with the State Bank of India (SBI) taking over 40% of the equity capital of the Bank

10

and taking over the management. In 2002, the management of the Bank was returned to Bhutan and SBI’s share holdings were reduced to 20%. Currently, the remaining 80% is owned by the government through, Druk holding and Investment, a fully state owned enterprise. Bhutan National Bank (BNB) commenced its operations in July 1980 as a Unit Trust of Bhutan with a capital of Nu 2.5 mn contributed by Royal Insurance Corporation of Bhutan (RICB). In 1992 it became an independent financial institution and the trust was converted to a commercial bank in 1995. At present, BNB is a listed company. The Druk PNB Bank (DPNBB) was setup in 2012 as the first Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) bank in Bhutan. Out of the total capital of DPNBB, 51% is held by Punjab National Bank, 19% by the Bhutanese promoters and the balance 30% is held by the general public. T Bank Ltd is the fourth Commercial bank in Bhutan which commenced operations in 2012. It is a listed company with three prominent individuals holding 60% of the share capital while the balance 40 % is held by the general public. Around 64% of the adult population in Bhutan have savings accounts and only 16% had access to credit and 18% held life insurance. Lending by banks to the rural sector is at very low level. Out of the 05 banks, involvement of 04 banks in rural finance is very limited. Only BDBL is actively involved in rural sector lending. In order to compel banks to lend to the rural sector, RMA in 2018 introduced prudential guidelines on priority sector lending (PSL). Under these guidelines, all banks are required to lend at least 1% their portfolios to priority sectors. Rural sector and CSI sector are among the priority sectors. The composition of the credit market as at end Dec 2017 was as follows:

Sector Amt (Nu Bn) %

Microfinance 2.97 2.87 Cottage 3.25 3.14 Small 11.72 11.34 Medium 22.94 22.02 Large 16.64 15.91 Total Enterprise 57.82 55.48 Non-Enterprise 46.00 44.52 Total 103.82 100.00 Source: National Strategy for Financial Inclusion Strategy 2018-2023

Of the total lending by the banking sector, only around 55% has been granted for business purposes and the balance 45% is for personal use.

2.6.1. Access Points: There is a wide array of access points for financial services including bank branches and agents, MFIs, insurance companies and agents, ATMs and POS terminals. Some data on access points are given below: • For every 10,000 adults (15 and over) there 67 access points

11

• For every 10,000 adults there are approximately three bank branches and one insurance branch • For every 10,000 adults there are eight bank agents and 35 insurance agents • Approximately four ATMs for 10,000 adults

2.6.2. Performance of Banks: Lending in Bhutan is carried out by banks and non-bank financial institutions such as insurance companies and MFIs. As per the Annual Report of RMA for 2018, out of the total credit outstanding as at June 2018 amounting to Nu 10 8 Bn, around 82% has been granted by banks and the balance 18% amounting to Nu 21.5 Bn by non-bank financial institutions mainly by Royal Insurance Corporation Of Bhutan(RICB). Some operational indicators of the five banks as at end of 2018 are shown in the following table:

Indicator/Bank BNP BOB Druk B T Bank BDBL Total Interest Income(Nu Mn) 2,670 3,464 885 556 2,042 8,920 Net Interest Income(Nu Mn) 1,604 1,993 403 265 680 4,945 Net fee & Commissions(Nu Mn) 122 251 108 31 65 577 Net operating Income(Nu Mn) 1,726 2,244 511 296 745 6,261 Operating expenses (Nu Mn) 784 999 354 133 422 2,693 Net Profit (Nu Mn) 606 1,040 233 119 300 2,298 Loans & Advances (Nu Bn) 29 36 9 5 16 95 Deposits (Nu Bn) 30 46 13 5 21 115 NPL/Loan portfolio (%) 5.62 2.87 1.66 6.44 20.73 11.5* Source: Annual Reports of Respective Banks * Overall financial sector The total lending portfolios of five banks amounted to approximately Nu 95.1 Bn as at end of 2018. In addition to lending by banks, lending by non-banks amounted to around 21.5 bn. Out of the total lending portfolio of banks, only around 5% has been granted to the agriculture sector while around 26% has been to the Services and Tourism Sector, 25% to the Construction Sector (inclusive 23% for housing), and around 16% to Trade and Commerce Sector. The national average of ratio of non-performing loans to loans and advances portfolio was 11.5% which indicates a very high level of infected credit portfolio. High NPL ratios are in Services and Tourism Sector (25%), Trade and Commerce Sector (22%) and Housing Sector (18%). BOB and BNB together account for approximately 65% of the total lending portfolio while BOB the largest among the five banks alone accounts for 38% of the portfolio. In terms of the size of the lending portfolio, BDBL is in the 3rd place holding a market share of 17%. The total customer deposits held by five banks amounted to Nu 115 Bn at the end of 2018 of which BOB holds 40% while 26% is held by BNP. The Market share of BDBL in customer deposits is 18%. The joint market share of Druk Bank and TBank in credit and deposit markets are less than 15%. Of the five banks only three banks have a systemic influence on the financial sector in the country.

12

The total gross interest income earned by the five banks amounted to Nu 8,920 Mn in 2018 of which, 39% was earned by BOB while 30% was earned by BNB. The share of BDBL was 22%. The total profits earned by the banking sector in 2018 was Nu 2,298 Mn and BOB and BNP account for 72% of the net profit earned while BOB alone accounts for 45% of total net profits. Although, BOB accounts for 38% of the lending portfolio, 40% savings and 39% of the gross interest income, it accounts for 45% the banking sector net profits indicating higher profitability of its operations when compared with other four banks. The interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income of the five banks has varied from 40% to 67% with an average ratio of 45% during the year 2018 as shown in the following table:

Indicator/Bank BNP BOB Druk T Bank BDBL Total Gross Interest Income(Nu Mn) 2,670 3,464 885 556 2,042 8,920 Net Interest Income(Nu Mn) 1,604 1,993 403 265 680 4,945 Interest cost as a %Gross interest income 40% 46% 54% 52% 67% 45%

Source: Annual Reports of Respective Banks The highest percentage of interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income has been recorded by BDBL while lowest has been recorded by BNB. The ratio of BDBL was 67% while the ratio of BNB was 40%. The level of interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income makes a huge impact on the profitability of banks. In order to make an assessment of the growth of banking activities of five banks during the last five years, a comparison was made between indicators of 2018 with that of 2014. The performance indicators of 2014 are shown in the following table:

Indicator/Bank BNP BOB Druk T Bank BDBL Total Gross Interest Income (Nu Mn) 2,161 2,142 472 335 1,345 6,462 Net Interest Income (Nu Mn) 1,356 1,279 195 165 685 3,681 Interest cost as a %Gross interest income 37% 40% 58% 50% 49% 43% Net fee & Commission income (Nu Mn) 82 221 105 9 20 437 Total Operating Income (Nu Mn) 1,438 1,500 300 174 879 4,997 Operating Expensed (Nu Mn) 468 500 127 110 432 1,637 Net Profit (Nu Mn) 743 848 100 37 281 2,009 Loans & Advances (Nu Bn) 18.7 18.4 4 2.3 10.4 53.8 Deposits (Nu Bn) 15.1 33.4 5.7 2.3 12 68.9 Source: Annual Reports of Respective Banks During the five year period under review, the total lending portfolio of five banks has increased by 76.5%. Two smaller banks (Druk Bank and T Bank) have recorded more than 100% growth in their lending portfolios. Of the five banks, the lowest growth has been

13

achieved by BDBL which is 54%. The largest bank, BOB has achieved a growth of 96% during the five years. Total deposits of the five banks have grown by 70%. The two smaller banks have achieved growth rates of more than 100% while BNB, the second largest bank, has achieved a growth of 98%. The growth in deposits of the largest bank, BOB was only 38%, much below the growth of the overall deposit market. Deposit portfolio of BDBL has grown by 75% during the five years. The rate of growth in deposits of the banking sector is less than the growth in lending by the banks. The gross interest income of banks has grown only by 28% during the five year period although the lending portfolio has grown by 76.5% indicating a declining profitability trend of banks. The following table shows credit market growth during the five years and changes of the relative market share of five banks:

Year/Bank 2014 2018 Market Credit Market Position Credit Market Market Growth Portfolio Share Portfolio Share Position (%) (Nu Bn) (%) (Nu Bn (%) BOB 18.4 34.3 02 36.0 37.9 01 95.6 BNB 18.7 34.7 01 29.0 30.5 02 55.0 Druk 4.0 7.5 04 9.0 9.5 04 125.0 T Bank 2.3 4.2 05 5.0 5.3 05 117.0 BDBL 10.4 19.3 03 16.0 16.8 03 54.0 TOTAL 53.8 100.0 95.0 100.0 76.5 Source: Annual reports of Respective Banks The overall credit market has grown by 76.5% during the five year period while three banks have achieved a growth in credit of more than the overall growth of 76.5%. Only DBBL and BNB have achieved growth of less than the overall average. The BDBL has achieved the lowest growth in credit among the five banks. During this five year period, BDBL has lost its market share from 19.3% in 2014 to 16.8% in 2018 while all other banks have increased their respective market shares. While all other four banks are catering mainly to the urban corporate sector, BDBL caters mainly to the rural sector.

2.6.3. Interest Rates: Prior to 1999, interest rates were set by RMA. In 1999, RMA deregulated interest rates and allowed banks to determine their lending rates and deposit rates based on market forces. In order to strengthen the interest rate policy, RMA introduced a base rate system. The base rate is the rate below which it is not viable for financial institutions to lend. It also served as a reference benchmark for variable lending rates. The base rate system was reviewed again in early 2016 and new forward looking interest rate policy known as “Minimum Lending Rate (MLR)” was introduced to remedy the weaknesses of the base rate system. The main objective of MLR is to encourage competition and to develop professionalism among financial institutions. The MLR is compiled by RMA based on the data collected from individual banks. The MLR for an individual bank is computed adding up the cost parameters of the respective banks. The cost parameters are;

14

i. Marginal cost calculated based on interest rate times the weight. The weight is derived as a percentage of total fund ii. Negative carry charges on CRR.(i.e. the cost incurred by the banks while maintaining 10% cash reserve with RMA iii. Operating cost (i.e. this is arrived at by dividing banks’ operating cost by total deposits of the bank.

Each financial institution is free to add to the MLR computed by RMA, its spread, credit risk premium and tenor premium. MLR published by RMA for June 2018 was 6.30% of which marginal cost component was 4.89%. On an average, the lending rates of banks in 2018 were 11.5%. Deposit rates of banks ranged at 5% - 7.5% depending on the tenor and the nature of the deposit.

NOTE:

As per the Financial Sector Performance Review Report issued by RMA on the performance of the financial sector during the first quarter of 2019, the performance of the sector has deteriorated further. The financial sector as a whole has incurred a loss of Nu 1.19 Bn mainly due the deterioration of the NPL ratio further from 11.5% in 2018 to 16.08% as at March 2019. Further, RWCAR has declined to 14.07% as at March 2019 as at March 2019 from 14.54% as at March 2018.The unfavorable performance of the financial sector has come mainly due to poor performance of the non-bank financial institution sector.

2.7. CURRENT STATUS OF RURAL FINANCE IN BHUTAN: Financial inclusion in Bhutan particularly in rural areas is very low. According to Global Financial Inclusion (Global Findex) Data Base launched by the in 2014, based on financial inclusion data of 2014, Bhutan was rated lower than other developing countries in terms of access to finance. Compared to other developing economies where adults had an account penetration of 54%, Bhutan had account penetration ratio of only 34%. However, the female account penetration rate was even lower with a penetration rate of 28% compared to average penetration of 50% in developing economies. A comparison of data for the year 2014 of SAARC Countries (Except Maldives) where Bhutan is a member shows that access to finance in Bhutan was lower than India and Sri Lanka and higher than Afghanistan, Bangladesh and Pakistan and in par with Nepal. The comparison is given below:

Country Account Penetration % Afghanistan 10 Pakistan 13

15

Bangladesh 31 Nepal 34 Bhutan 34 India 53 Sri Lanka 83 Source: Global Findex According to a household survey carried out by a group of World Bank Consultants, the Bhutanese economy is cash based economy where households have vibrant informal savings and lending culture. Financial management strategies of most households in Bhutan remains informal with formal financial services only weakly integrated with the daily activities of rural families which constitute of around 60% of the country’s total population. Since cash is the predominant form of exchange, people have no incentives to deal with banks or other financial institutions. Rural areas are particularly unbanked where bank branches are distant and banking culture poorly reflects people’s financial needs. Significant disparities persists in financial inclusion between rural and urban areas, youth and adults, the poor and the rich and CSIs and large firms. The access to finance situation of Bhutan has improved considerably since 2014 due to measures introduced by the Royal Government of Bhutan (RGoB) and Royal Monetary Authority (RMA) to improve the access to finance. According to the National Financial Inclusion Strategy 2018-2023 (NFIS), as of December 2017, 64.47% of the adult population in Bhutan had an account with a bank while only 16.08% had access to credit and 17.79% held a life insurance policy. Out of the 64.47% of adults who held accounts with banks, 56% were male and 44% were female. Similarly, out of the 16.08 % who had access to credit, 54% were male and 46% were female. The current status (as of December 2017) of financial inclusion in Bhutan is summarized in the following table:

Financial Adult Inclusion Inclusion Exclusion Product Population Number Percentage Percentage Savings Accounts 494,586 318,837 64 36 Credit 494,586 79,546 16 84

Life Insurance 494,586 88,008 18 82 Source: National Financial Inclusion Strategy 2018-2023

From the above statistics it can be observed that although the account penetration of Bhutan is at a satisfactory level, access to credit is at a very low level. The capital formation in any economy is essential for economic growth and credit flow from the financial sector plays an important role in capital formation required for economic growth. Steps towards increasing the credit flow for economically productive activities are therefore essential for GDP growth and thereby economic growth. Promoting the access to credit in the rural

16

sector is crucial in promoting inclusive growth in Bhutan. Cottage and Small Industry sector is an important economic group in the rural sector. The Government of Bhutan believes that a robust CSI sector could immensely contribute towards the economic growth of the country and also towards the equitable distribution of national income. Bhutan’s CSI sector represents more than 95% of the business enterprises with 22,064 licensed enterprises with 99,200 employees. Although the sector is important from the economic point of view, the credit flow to the sector is very low at 15% of the total lending by banks. In Bhutan CSIs are classified by the number of employees and level of capital employment at start-Up. Enterprises with start-up investment up to Nu 1.0 mn are classified as “cottage” while enterprises with a start-up capital above Nu 1.0 Mn up to Nu 10.0 mn are classified as “small”. Definition in terms of number of employees is enterprises with 1-4 employees are defined as “cottage” while enterprises with 5-19 employees are defined as “small”.

2.7.1. Constraints Faced by CSIs and Rural Poor in Accessing Banking Services: Out of the constraints faced by CSIs, the access to finance is by far the most serious and largest constraint due to; i. Weak financial and operational performance of key rural financial institutions ii. Lack of adequate financial products and limited social mobilization to reach rural CSIs. iii. Strict collateral requirement mainly in the form of immovable assets. iv. Limited sources of funds. v. Lack of financial infrastructure such as branches, point-of-sales devices, ATMs, and distance to service delivery points. vi. Manually driven enterprises and limited usage of modern technology vii. Low entrepreneurial skills. viii. Lack of professional Business Development Services. ix. Limited markets and limited scale of economies. x. Lack of capacity to develop financially viable business proposals. xi. Low financial literacy.

2.7.2. Constraints Faced by Financial Institutions in Delivering Financial Services: i. Deteriorating credit quality due to reasons such as very high loan officer to number of loans ratio, inadequate post disbursement credit supervision, and very high distance between clients and the branch offices and in between clients. ii. Inadequate skills in cash flow based lending. iii. Lack of bankable viable projects. iv. Low financial literacy of the potential borrowers. v. Very high transaction cost of CSI lending when compared with relatively low margins of lending.

17

vi. Regulated interest rates (Minimum Lending Rate Policy of RMA) and non- existence of risks based pricing model. All types of lending are subjected to same interest rate policy. vii. Lack of entrepreneurial skills. viii. Non-maintenance of financial records by existing CSIs to enable credit officers to make a proper assessment of cash flows of potential borrowers.

18

3. PART TWO - DIAGNOSTIC STUDY ON BHUTAN DEVELOPMENT BANK LIMITED

3.1. THE BANK: Bhutan Development Bank Limited (BDBL) originally commenced operations as Bhutan Development Finance Corporation. It was incorporated by the Royal Charter in January 1988 with assistance from the Asian Development Bank (ADB) to function as a Development finance institution (DFI). In 2010, it registered as a company under the Companies Act 2000 and was licensed under the Finance Institution Act. After obtaining its banking license in March 2010, it started functioning as a domestic development bank with current account facilities. The main objective of BDBL is to “promote the industrial, agricultural and commercial development” of the economy of Bhutan by:

• Providing financial services to Micro, Small and medium enterprises for the development and moderation of agriculture, industrial and commercial enterprises of the country; • Enhancing income of the people to improve the living standard and alleviate poverty; • Deepening financial inclusion by providing credit and inculcating saving habit among the people; • Providing financial and technical and advisory assistance to enterprises; and • Mobilizing external and internal capital investment in enterprises.

The Bank is managed by a board of directors consisting of seven members including the Chief Executive officer (CEO) of the Bank. All directors of the Bank, except the CEO, are either former or serving top level government officials. The CEO had been with the Bank for a long period of time before he was appointed as the CEO. All directors of the Bank including the CEO are appointed directly by the Government. The Board of Directors is supported by three sub committees on Risk Management, Audit and Credit, appointed in terms of the Corporate Governance Regulations (CGR) of RMA. The top management of the Bank consists of the CEO, seven General Managers in charge of Credit, ICT, Admin & HR, Corporate Planning &Research, Finance & Treasury, Main Branch and Internal Audit together with the company secretary. For the purpose of administration, the Bank is divided in to three regions namely; Western, Central and Eastern which are under the supervision of three regional managers. The total staff strength in 2018 was 814 including the 231 community center staff. The Bank regularly conducts a customer survey to measure the level of customer satisfaction. The overall score of survey conducted in 2018 has improved from 83.57 % in 2014 to 85.57% in 2018. The discussions with customers and other related groups revealed that BDBL has a very favorable reputation among the general public as the bank for rural poor. The core-values of the Bank are;

19

• Professionalism - give your best • Excellence - aim for higher ideals • Ownership - work together for growth • Loyalty - Be true to one self and stake holders • Efficiency - Deliver Prompt Services

The Bank provides a wide range of credit and savings products to its clients. The main credit target customers are individuals, sole proprietorships, groups, associations, cooperatives, partnerships, legally registered companies and corporations engaged in both income generating and non-income generating activities. BDBL operates in almost all economic sectors and it has tailor made credit products to suite the particular requirements of particular sectors.

3.2. PRODUCTS - CREDIT: The main economic sectors in which BDBL operates and also types of loan products in each sector are shown in the ANNEXURE 01. The main categories of loans offered by BDBLK are shown below: i. Agriculture ii. Services iii. Production and Manufacturing iv. Trade and Commerce v. Housing vi. Transport Sector (All Automobiles) vii. Loans to Purchase Shares viii. Loans Against Shares ix. Loans against Fixed Deposits x. Education Loans xi. Loans to Financial Institutions xii. Personal Loans xiii. Loans to Government

Based on the mode of operations, all loans granted by BDBL could be categorized under the following broad categories: i. Individual Loans ii. Group Loans

Individual loans are loans granted to individuals, firms and corporate entities. Group loans are loans granted to groups formed by a group of individuals for the purposes of borrowing money for business purposes. This model of lending is also known as “Grameen Model”. All individual loans are granted against tangible collateral (except Employee Loans) and these loans can be term loans or short term loans or revolving loans. Group loans are against cross

20

guarantees of solidarity group members. Financial institutions engaged in group lending depend on “peer pressure” to recover loans. Guidelines for the valuation of assets to be taken as collateral are revised and issued by BDBL from time to time. The Debt: Equity ratio to be maintained when a business is financed is issued by RMA in its Prudential Rules and Regulations. Although the current package of credit products offered by BDBL is comprehensive, it is desirable that BDBL consider offering few more products which will really help BDBL to reach rural unbanked population in inaccessible rural areas. Most development banks in addition to providing fund based credit products it also provides, savings products and trade related services such as guarantees and letters of credit. At present BDBL mainly offers interest earning credit products or fund-based products. Most banks offer a variety of fee based products and earn relatively a substantial fee income. The offer of fee based products by BDBL is very limited and it offers only Guarantees on (bid bonds, mobilization advances performance guarantees etc.) and letters of credit for imports. It is recommended that BDBL consider offering a few new fund-based product and a new fee based products. Fund based products recommended are described below: i. Leasing Equipment Leasing, Vehicle leasing and sale and lease back for CSIs who cannot offer collateral in the form of immovable property. Sale and lease back of equipment and vehicles for existing businesses to obtain working capital loans ii. Leasing of high - end consumer durables for rural households with regular or seasonal incomes iii. Venture capital/Seed capital for sustainable CSIs who are experiencing shortages of equity capital iv. Wholesale loans to sustainable MFIs through credit lines or through the securitization of lending portfolios of MFIs v. Value chain financing programs for few industry sectors/commodities. The possible sectors/commodities for introducing value chain financing programs are Fruits Industry, Dairy Farming, Potato Cultivation and Textile Handicraft. vi. Non-collateralized loan for low risk profile clients

In a country like Bhutan where lending is mainly done based on collateral and acceptable collateral cannot be offered by most of the potential borrowers, the way forward is to undertake group lending in a large scale. Although, BDBL commenced offering group loans since 1998, the product has not been properly marketed and offered. It is the only credit product offered by BDBL at present free of collateral and potential borrowers who do not possess tangible collateral should have resorted in large numbers to borrow. However, surprisingly this has not happened. Quality of the non-collateralized group lending portfolio of BDBL is relatively better than the secured individual lending portfolio. BDBL currently facing a severe problem of high NPL and therefore it is more prudent for them to lend more in group loans which carry low NPLs. The details of currently outstanding on the group

21

lending portfolio together with the total outstanding lending portfolio are shown in the following table:

Indicator Portfolio Value Number of Outstanding borrowers As at Dec 2018 at Dec2018 (Nu Mn) Total portfolio 19,917 52,982 Group Lending portfolio 205 1,704 Total portfolio in NPL 4,841 8,462 Group lending portfolio in NPL 15 143 Group loans as percentage of total Loans 1.02% 3.22% Total NPL as % of total lending portfolio 24.31% 15.97% Group Loans in NPLs as %Total Group lending 7.31% 8.4% Source: BDBL The NPL ratio of the total Nu value of group loan portfolio was 7.31% while the overall NPL ratio of the Nu value of the total portfolio was 24.3 %. Of the total borrowers 15.97% had been infected while only 8.4% of the Group borrowers are infected. This clearly shows that group lending is of high quality and BDBL should actively promote and pursue group lending. Lack of promotion and reluctance on the part of the credit officers had resulted in very low level of group lending portfolio. Some guidelines to revitalize the group lending are given in ANNEXURE 13. BDBL may use these guidelines to supplement the guidelines given in the Group Lending Manual of BDBL. Development Banks also provides merchant banking services to its existing clients and also to the general public for a fee which are known as fee based services. The main merchant banking services, BDBL could consider offering are: i. Preparation of feasibility reports ii. Restructuring of sick enterprises iii. Investment advisory iv. Proving Business Development Support Services(BDS)

3.3. PRODUCTS - DEPOSITS: In addition to the credit products offered by BDBL it also offers a package of liability (deposit) products to its customers. Main savings products offered by BDBL are described below: i. Fixed deposits- Fixed deposits offered by BDBL are of two types; namely corporate and individual. The minimum tenor of both types of fixed deposits is three months while there is no maximum tenor. The rates of interest paid on individual fixed deposits are relatively higher than the rates paid on corporate fixed deposits. The

22

rate of interest paid in individual fixed deposits varies from 5.9% to 9.10% per annum while the rate paid on corporate deposits vary from 2.0% to 9.1-% per annum on annual basis. ii. Recurring Deposit: Recurring deposit (RD) is a product for those people who have regular income and who wish to regularly deposit small fixed amount at pre- determined periods and for a fixed period. The rate of interest depends on the period for which the depositor agrees to deposit money to the RD account. The minimum deposit amount is Nu100 and there is no maximum deposit amount. The minimum installment period is six months while the maximum is 120 months (time period is yearly).The rate of interest depending on the tenor of the deposit varies from 5.75% to 9.10% on an annual basis. iii. Savings Account: The savings accounts are offered to encourage the culture of savings among the private individuals, housewives and other members of the community. In addition, BDBL offers two variations to the regular savings account namely; Drinchen Savings accounts (focused on house makers/head of households/mothers) and pensioners’ savings accounts. Pensioners’ savings accounts are maintained by BDBL as desired by National Pension and Provident Fund (NPPF) for the convenience of pension holders. The current rate of interest paid on all types of saving accounts is 5.6%. iv. Steady Income Plan: Under Steady Income Plan (SIP) for individuals, interest is paid at regular frequencies as desired by the depositor on monthly/quarterly/half yearly and yearly basis and the principal is repaid on maturity. The minimum deposit is Nu 25,000 while there is no maximum. The minimum deposit period is one year and there is no maximum deposit period. The rate of interest depends on the period of the deposit and the frequency of the payment of interest. The rate applicable for deposits for which the interest is paid on yearly basis at present varies from 6.79% to 7.46% while the rate paid on deposits for which the interest is paid monthly varies from 6.57% to 7.17%. v. Youth Ethics (YE) Banking Accounts: YE banking is a new banking concept floated by RMA in 2018 with the aim of bringing young students to the banking system. Only students below 18 years are eligible to hold YE banking accounts. The concept has been designed to inculcate saving habit and to educate youngsters on practical financial knowledge in banking, insurance and others. vi. Current Accounts: Current accounts are non-interest bearing deposit accounts that enable customers to handle their transactions, collect cheques/bills and making payments. Current accounts can be operated using cheques and written instructions.

Product Outstanding as at Dec 2018(Nu Mn)

23

Term Deposits 15,518 Saving Deposits 4,590

Current Deposits 594 Others 311 Total Deposits 21,013

Source: BDBL The composition of the deposits measures in terms of CASA Ratio (balances in Current Accounts and Saving Accounts as a percentage of total deposits) has a definite impact on the cost of funds of banks/ financial institutions. Interest is not paid on current accounts while the interest on savings accounts is relatively low. Term deposits will attract high rates of interests. More the share of current accounts and savings accounts, lesser is the cost of funds. CASA Ratio of BDBL based on the Annual Report of BDBL for 2018 was 24.7%. When compared with other banks in Bhutan, the ratio of BDBL was the lowest. As per the annual reports of respective banks, the CASA Ratio had been 77% for BOB, 57% for BNB 37% for Druck BNP and 75% for T Bank. Lower CASA Ratio indicates high cost of funds and reducing net interest margins. Improving the CASA ratio of BDBL should be part of its future strategy. And The CASA ratio of BDBL is very low and almost all deposits are interest bearing deposits.

3.4. BUSINESS PROCESS: BDBL commenced operations as a development finance institution in 1988 providing only credit products and its business model was limited to a lending institution. It did not cover the entire gamut of banking activities. During the initial period, BDBL was depending on the Government and/or multilateral development agencies for free cost and low cost funding as it was not authorized to mobilized deposits from the general public. The limited business model and the business process of BDBL changed substantially in 2010 with the obtaining of the banking license from RMA. BDBL with started as a DFI became a universal bank in 2010 providing development banking products( mainly project loans) and all types of interest and fee based products. With this change the entire business process of BDBL was also changed. The current business process of BDBL is almost entirely focused on lending business as gross income from lending business accounts more than 95% of the total gross income of BDBL. The gross income of o BDBL amounted to Nu 1995 Mn in 2018 of which the gross interest income from loans and advances amounted to Nu 1962 Mn while the gross fee income in 2018 amounted to only Nu 33 mn. The gross interest income from loans and advances represented 98% of the total gross income of the bank. The Business process of any successful bank concentrating on lending should encompass the following steps: i. Pro-Active Marketing and sourcing of potential customers ii. Initial screening of potential clients using an effective risk management tool (Credit Scoring and/or client risk rating) iii. Credit Appraisal of screened credit applications using 5Cs approach iv. Credit decision making minimizing the credit risk v. Proper disbursement of loan proceeds avoiding misuse of loan proceeds

24

vi. Collateral management to safeguard the asset and to prevent value deterioration vii. Post Disbursement loan supervision/portfolio supervision viii. Reporting

It was observed that the business process of BDBL covers only few of the steps described above in its business process. The most important step in the business process of any business organization is the” pro-active marketing” of its products and services. However, due to heavy load of work, the credit officers in branches are unable to undertake marketing and mostly serve only “walk in” customers and this has resulted in low outreach of BDBL. The approach used in initial screening of loan application is highly subjective and whether to accept a loan application from a potential customer for further processing or not depends entirely on a subjective judgment of the credit officer. No scientific method such as Client Risk Rating or credit scouring is used for initial screening of loan applications. Post disbursement loan monitoring is also lacking in the business process of BDBL. The weak areas described above in the business process which has finally resulted in high NPLs need improvements.

3.5. OPERATING MODALITY: The primary objective of BDBL is to promote rural finance in Bhutan and it is the major and largest player in rural finance. In order strike a balance between the profitability and social objective of providing financial services to unbanked rural population which activity is not very profitable, BDBL follow a policy of lending 40% of its portfolio to Urban Corporates where the risk is relatively low and the balance 60% to Rural Households and CSIs where the risk is relatively higher. In order to achieve the objectives of BDBL , it currently operates through Head Office in Thimphu, three Regional Offices (Western-Paro, Central-Gelephu and Eastern-Trashigang), 35 nationwide branch offices, 24 Gewogs (group of villages) Field Offices and 200 Community Centers across all 20 Dzongkag and 14 (sub districts. The operating modality followed by BDBL in its main business activity of lending is described step by step in the following paragraphs. The process involved in loan initiation and loan management is slightly different for branch credit and credit from the Thimphu Main Branch (TMB). Most of the steps involved are common. The Main branch accounts for 34 percent of the outstanding portfolio and 8% percent of the number accounts. The Branch has nine credit officers. The steps involved in the process of approving and managing individual loans (the number of group loans accounts only for about 3% total number loans and the operating modality of group loans is described elsewhere in this report.) Step One: Loan applicants come to the branch and hand over applications to the Customer Relationship Manager of the Branch. In other branches loan application is handed over to the Loans officer or to the branch manager. Main branch handles only individual loans while branches handle both individual and group loans. Step Two: in the case of Main Branch, the Customer Relationship Manager distributes the applications received among the 9 credit officers. In branches if the loan application is handed over to the Branch Manager, it will be handed over to a credit officer for processing.

25

Step Three: Credit officers undertake the first screening of applications received. The average time taken for initial screening is 2-3 days. Main reasons for rejections are; Bad past debt servicing record, non-viability of proposal and inadequate collateral valuations. Step Four: Client Visits: The credit officer who was allocated a credit application visits the applicant to verify the data given in the application and to observe the operations of the applicant. The average time taken for this step is 2-3 Days. Step Five: Credit appraisal and preparation of Appraisal Report by the credit officer. Time taken is 4-5 Days. Step Six: Credit approval - Main Branch: the credit of the Main Branch is approved at four different Levels: at General Manager Branch up to Nu 10 Mn, at Deputy CEO Level above Nu 10 Mn and up to Nu 20 Mn, at CEO level Nu 20 to Nu 35.0 Mn and above Nu 35 Mn at board level. Before a credit application is approved or rejected by the respective approving authority it will be reviewed by credit committee and the credit officer is required to make a power point presentation to the relevant credit committee on the credit proposals. This process takes about 4-5 Days. Step Six: Credit approval - Other Branches: The branch credit officer handles the credit appraisal of branch up to Nu 1.0 Mn and the Branch managers have the authority to approve loans up to Nu 1.0 Mn. Applications for loans above Nu 1.0 Mn and up to Nu 2.5 Mn are approved at Head office. The credit applications above Nu 2.5 Mn are appraised and approved at the Head Office where a Credit Unit with 13 credit officers operates. The credit function at Head Office (except TMB) is under a General Manager. This process takes about 4- 5 Days. Step Seven: Documentation: Main documents include sanction letter and mortgage bonds. Appraisal officers are responsible for coordination of documentation. On an average, it takes 7-10 days to complete the documentation. Step Eight: Approved loans, documentation of which has been completed are disbursed by respective credit officers at branches. Depending on the type and purpose of the loan it is disbursed either in one installment or in several disbursements though the clients’ savings accounts. Where necessary, loan or part of the loan is disbursed to suppliers of products or services. Step Nine: All disbursed loans are to be followed up by the credit officers. However, post disbursement follow-up is very limited due to the high ratio of number of loans per credit officer. It was observed that at TMB some credit officers handle as much as 800 loans in addition to working towards their loan approval targets. One reason of very high NPL (30.29%) at TMB as against other branches (15.75%) is this very high ratio of number of loans per loans officer. For follow-up and recovery of loans which have been in arrears for more than 90 days, there is a separate recovery unit with five officers in TMB. All loans in arrears for more than 90 days are taken over by the recovery Unit. All branches handle their

26

own follow-up to the point of legal action. Recently a separate recovery unit was set up in HO to provide logistic support to the branch staff with two officers. The process involved in loan origination seems to be efficient although post disbursement loan management is insufficient. It appears that credit officers have no adequate time for pro-active marketing and promotions and effective supervision of loans due to very high number of loans per credit officer

3.6. LENDING PORTFOLIO: The total credit portfolio of BDBL as at end of 2018 was Nu 18.9 Bn representing 54,441 borrowers. The Bank started mobilizing deposits from the general public in 2010 after obtaining its Banking license from RMA. Today, the Bank has a total deposit portfolio of Nu 20.08 Bn representing 203,000 saving accounts. BDBL accounts for nearly 18% of the total debt outstanding in the financial sector (banks and non-banks). BDBL also manages the Revolving Fund I valued at Nu 1.5 Bn transferred from former BOIC. BDBL grants micro finance loans under this scheme. The number of Credit approvals of BDBL for the last five years and the first six months of 2019 under different product categories are given in the following tables:

Year/Product 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Jan-Jun 2019 Agriculture Loans 339 8,083 4,017 7,915 6,955 3,547 Employee Loans 1,638 1,168 2,069 2,998 2,189 1,132 Transport loans 161 7 707 851 296 188 Housing Loans 1,566 6 999 2,624 2,411 1,621 Group Loans 523 340 154 637 582 398 Working Capital Loans 264 64 282 381 248 113 Micro Finance Loans 230 2 189 7 257 189 Small Industry Loans 85 73 44 94 63 42 Others 4,425 3,424 1,412 2,384 2,022 1,629 TOTAL 9,213 10,831 9,638 17,888 15,023 8,885 Source: BDBL

The Nu values of approvals of BDBL for the last five years and the first six months of 2019 under different product categories are given in the following tables:

Year/Product 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Jan-Jun Nu. Mn 2019

Agri & livestock Loans 629 1,630 969 1,937 2,108 1,004 Employee Loans 408 324 632 991 739 386 Transport loans 70 4 352 386 172 147 Housing Loans 507 1 614 1,210 767 603 Group Loans 51 30 14 87 111 83 Working Capital Loans 611 145 555 573 596 244

27

Micro Finance Loans 33 - 28 1 75 54 Small Industry Loans 25 17 18 27 18 9

Others 1,254 408 1,078 1,459 1,482 801 TOTAL 3,588 2,559 4,260 6,671 6,068 3,331

Source: BDBL

It can be seen from the above two tables that number of loans and the value of such loans granted to agriculture in 2018 account for nearly 40% and 35% respectively of the total number loans and value of such loans. The Number of loans granted for employees and loans granted for housing are also substantial. The number of new borrowers in 2018 accounts for around 3% of the adult population in the country. The total outreach of BDBL in the credit market is around 9% while the overall credit outreach in the country is around 16%.

3.7. CREDIT OUTREACH: The credit portfolio of BDBL in comparison with that of other four banks is shown below:

Year/ 2014 2018 Market Bank Credit Market Market Credit Market Market Growth Portfolio Share Position Portfolio Share Position (%) (Nu Bn) (%) (Nu Bn (%) BOB 18.4 34.3 02 36.0 37.9 01 95.6 BNB 18.7 34.7 01 29.0 30.5 02 55.0 Druk 4.0 7.5 04 9.0 9.5 04 125.0 T Bank 2.3 4.2 05 5.0 5.3 05 117.0 BDBL 10.4 19.3 03 16.0 16.8 03 54.0 TOTAL 53.8 100.0 95.0 100.0 76.5 Source: Annual Reports of Respective Banks

The number of credit customers of BDBL has increased from 46,326 in 2014 to 54,441 in 2018 reflecting growth rate in the number of customers of only 19% for the entire 5 year period although during the same period, the credit portfolio has increased by 54%. The increase in the average loan size from Nu 195,851 in 2014 to Nu 408,496 in 2018 is reflected in the vast percentage difference (35%) between the growth rates in credit portfolio and the number of customers. The slow growth in the number of credit customers clearly shows that BDBL has not been successful in increasing its credit outreach. In a country where the credit outreach is only 16% of the adult’s population, BDBL has an important role in increasing the credit outreach which is essential for country’s economic growth. The deposit portfolio of BDBL in comparison with that of other four banks is shown below.

28

3.8. DEPOSITS OUTREACH: The deposit portfolio of BDBL in comparison with that of other four banks is shown below:

Year/ 2014 2018 Market Bank Deposit Market Market Deposit Market Market Growth Portfolio Share Position Portfolio Share Position (%) (Nu Bn) (%) (Nu Bn (%) BOB 33.4 48.8 01 46.0 40.2 01 38.8 BNB 15.1 22.1 02 30.0 26.3 02 98.7 Druk 05.7 08.3 04 12.6 11.1 04 121.0 T Bank 02.3 03.3 05 4.4 03.9 05 91.0 BDBL 12.0 17.5 03 21.0 18.5 03 75.0 TOTAL 68.5 100.0 114.6 100.0 67.3 Source: Annual Reports of Respective Banks

The growth in deposits of the largest bank, BOB was only 38%, much below the growth of the overall deposit market. Deposit portfolio of BDBL has grown by 75% during the five years. The rate of growth in deposits of the banking sector at 68% is less than the growth in lending by the banks. The overall deposit market has grown at a lesser rate than that of the credit market during the five year period. While the credit market has grown by 76.5% the deposit market has grown only by 67.3%. BDBL has been able to increase its market share from 17.5% in 2014 to 18.4% in 2018. The overall loans to deposit ratio has improved from 78% in 2014 to 83% in 2018.

BDBL is managing the Community Centers on behalf of the government to act as a “one stop shop” to efficiently deliver Government to Citizen (G2C) and other services to the community. There are 200 community centers covering 200 Gewogs out of the total 205 Gewogs the entire country and BDBL is in a strong position to use these centers to increase its deposits and credit outreach particularly in rural arrears where banking services are needed most. A strategy is proposed herein on how to make use of community centers to increase the credit and deposit outreach of the Bank.

3.9. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: Summarized profit and loss statements and Balance Sheets of BDBL for the five-year period 2014 to 2018 are given in ANNEXURE 02 and ANNEXURE 03 respectively.

3.9.1. Profit and Loss Statements: Key indicators extracted from the profit and loss statements are given overleaf:

29

Nu Mn Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Int Income-Loans and Advances 1,345 1,789 2,157 1,973 2,092 Net Int income 685 852 1,027 625 680 Net Fee Income 20 29 35 37 34 Total operating Income 715 895 1,075 675 744 Less: Total operating Expenses 243 322 385 495 556 Profit before Impairment 450 573 689 180 188 Less: Impairments 169 180 393 971 (107) Profit before tax 282 393 298 (791) 295 Net profit after tax 282 393 208 (921) 300 Loans & Advances 10,231 13,155 15,389 16,083 16,149

Source: BDBL During the five-year period, the gross interest income of five banks from Loans and advances has grown by 56% while gross interest income of BDBL has grown by a lesser rate of 36%. BDBL accounted for 21% and 23% of the total gross interest income of the banking sector in 2014 and 2018 respectively. Although BDBL has been able to marginally grow its gross interest income during this period, the net interest income has recorded a negative growth of around 1% when the net interest income of the banking sector has grown by around 36%. It can be seen that the profitability of BDBL has been declining when all banks have experienced an improvement at the net interest income level. The trend in the interest income and interest costs of BDBL during the period 2014 to 2018 is shown in the following table:

Indicator/Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Gross Interest Income (Nu Mn) 1,345 1,789 2,157 1,973 2,092 Net Interest Income (Nu Mn) 685 852 1,027 625 680 Interest Cost (Nu Mn) 660 937 1,130 1,348 1,412 Int cost as % of Gross Int Income (%) 49 52 52 68 68 Int cost as % of Gross Int Income of the Banking Sector (%) 43 45 Source: BDBL and Annual Reports of other four Banks

It can be observed from the above table that the cost of interest as a percentage of gross interest income is increasing resulting in declining profitability of BDBL. The ratio of BDBL is substantially higher than that of the banking sector. When the cost of interest as a percentage of gross interest of the banking sector is 45%, the BDBL incurs a cost of 68%. It appears that BDBL has to offer relatively higher rates of interest to attract deposits. A strategy to bring down the interest cost of BDBL has now become essential. The possibility

30

of diversifying the fund base into areas such as borrowings from multilateral development agencies at concessionary rates should be pursued.

The interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income of BDBL has increased from 49% in 2014 to 67% in 2018% substantially reducing its profitability. The market average of the interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income in 2018 was 45%. The trend in in the interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income of BDBL in comparison with other four banks is shown in the following table:

Indicator/year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Gross Interest Income(Nu MN) 1,345 1,789 2,157 1,973 2,092 Interest Cost (Nu MN) 660 937 1,130 1,348 1,412 Net Interest Income(Nu MN) 685 852 1027 625 680 Int Cost as % of Gross Int Income (%) 49 52 52 68 68 Ratio of Other banks (%) 43 45 Source: Annual Reports of Respective Banks When the interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income of the banking sector was 45%, the ratio of BDBL was 68% in 2018. The funds for lending has entirely come from deposits (credit to deposit rate was 94.29% in 2018) and it appears that BDBL is experiencing difficulties in mobilizing funds/deposits at low cost when compared with other banks in the country. A new strategy for mobilizing funds is needed to arrest this situation. The total operating cost (without impairment) as a percentage of total operating income of BDBL shows an increasing trend further reducing the profitability of the Bank. The ratio of operating expenses to total operating income (Net Interest Income + Net fee & Commission income) has increased from 34% in to 75% reflecting the steep increase in interest cost as a percentage of gross interest income reducing the net interest income. The operating income as percentage of total operating income has increased from 33% in 2014 only to 43% in 2018. The high impairment costs of BDBL have further reduced its profitability. The bank had to provide Nu 971 Mn in 2007 on account of bad debt resulting in a loss. Although the Bank has been making profits continuously in the past, it had made substantial book loss of Nu 921 Mn due to very high impairments on loans and advances. A detailed analysis of the financial performance of BDBL during the last 5 years will be included in final report. The Bank developed a five-year Business Plan for the period 2014 to 2019 with specific targets such as number of borrowers, loan portfolio, PAR, deposits and number of savers. Most of the actuals on these targets are less than the projected targets.

3.9.2. Balance Sheets: Summarized Balance sheets are given in ANNEXURE 03. Key financial indicators extracted from the Balance Sheets of BDBL are given below:

Indicator 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Loans & advances to customers (Nu Mn) 10,231 13,155 15,390 16,083 16,149

31

Financial Investments (Nu Mn) 443 462 469 465 490 Property & plants (Nu Mn) 152 197 293 286 254 Balances with the Central Bank (Nu Mn) 3,490 1,589 3,289 3,146 4,559 Other assets (Nu Mn) 2,247 3,670 3,289 3,146 4,559 TOTAL ASSETS (Nu Mn) 16,563 19,073 22,649 24,148 25,222 Customer Deposits (Nu Mn) 12,500 14,639 18,029 20,548 21,013 Due to Banks (Nu Mn) 1,519 1,276 1,136 997 1,322 Other outside liabilities (Nu Mn) 80 94 140 167 294 Total outside liabilities (Nu Mn) 14,099 16,009 19,305 21,712 22,629 Total Equity (Nu Mn) 2,464 3,063 3,344 3,435 2,592 Total Outside liabilities & Equity (Nu Mn) 16,563 19,072 22,649 24,148 25,221 Source: BDBL Total assets of BDBL have grown by 52% during the five-year period as against the asset growth of 44% of the banking sector during the period 2014 to 2018. In terms of assets growth, BDBL has performed marginally above performance of the banking sector. Loans and advances accounted for nearly 65% of the total assets of BDBL in 2018 which is almost in par with banking sector ratio of 67%. The customer deposits of BDBL have grown by 68% while the deposits of the banking sector had grown by 67%. The quality of the loans and advances portfolio has deteriorated continuously affecting the profitability of the Bank through very high impairment cost. The NPL issue has been dealt with elsewhere in this report which is one of the serious issues faced by BDBL. The equity base of the bank has grown only by 5% during the five-year period. The slow growth of the equity base is due to the erosion of retained profits which part of equity, due to the loss incurred in 2017. The marginal growth in equity has come mainly through the injection of new capital (Nu 93.0 mn) by the Government. The slow growth of equity base of BDBL has created constraints in improving the lending activities of BDBL and also eroded its Capital adequacy Ratio. The capital has not grown on par with the growth in the lending portfolio. The lending portfolio has grown by 56% during 2014 - 2018 but equity has grown only by 5% during the same period. The following table shows the trends in equity of the Bank and its CAR:

Indicator/year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Equity Capital of BDBL (Nu Mn) 2,464 3,063 3,344 3,435 2,592 Lending portfolio (Nu Mn) 10,231 13,155 15,390 16,083 16,149

CAR (%) 20.68 18.08 16.52 10.34 12.50 CAR of Banking Sector (%) 18.9 18.7 17.4 18.15 15.12 Source: BDBL and Annual Reports of RMA In terms of the Prudential Regulations on Capital Adequacy of RMA, all financial institutions should maintain Capital Adequacy Ratio of 10% and a Capital Conservation Buffer Ratio of 2.5% over and above of the CAR, bringing the total capital requirement to 12.5% of the Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) of the financial institution. From the above table it can be observed

32

that as the equity of BDBL has declined due to the loss incurred in 2017, BDBL has not been able to maintain the minimum capital adequacy in 2017. Even in 2018, CAR of the Bank is just equal to the minimum requirement. Operating a financial institution with the minimum requirement of capital is risky and it prevents expansion of lending which is the main source of income of financial institutions. In order to continue the operations of BDBL it is imperative that new capital is injected to strengthen the equity base.

3.10. NON-PERFORMING LOANS: Under the Prudential guidelines of RMA, all banks are required to categorize its entire lending portfolio based on the repayment status of the portfolio and make provisions depending on the category of the portfolio. The following table gives the categorizations of the lending portfolios of banks and applicable rates for provisioning for loan losses.

Category Age Provisioning rate Standard < 30days 1.0% Watch 31 to 90 days 1.5% Sub-Standard 91 to 180 days 20%(30% for the sector with highest exposure Doubtful 181 to 365 days 50%(60% for the sector with highest exposure Loss > 365 days 100% Source: Prudential Guidelines of RMA All loans falling under Sub-Standard, Doubtful and Loss categories are classified as Non- Performing Loans (NPLs). NPLS as a percentage of total portfolios is known as NPL Ratio and this ratio is used universally to measure the quality of portfolios of banks. The Non-Performing loan situation in the banking system in Bhutan has been steadily deteriorating during the last five years. The NPL ratio which was at 7.77% in 2014 has deteriorated to 20.73% in 2018. The NPL situation of DBBL is worse than that of the overall banking system as can be seen from the following table:

Category AS at Dec 2018 As at Oct 2019 Portfolio PAR No. of PAR Portfolio PAR% No. of PAR Nu Mn % Clients % Clients % >30 days 5,767 30.48 15,090 27.72 8,583 42.97 17,426 32.06 >90 days 3,753 19.80 8,276 15.20 6,308 31.58 11,687 21.05 TOTAL 18,923 54,436 19,974 54,344 PORTFOLIO Source: BDBL

Of the total portfolio of Nu 18,923 Mn as at Dec 2018, around 30.48% was in arrears for more than 30 days while 19.8% was in arrears for more than 90 days. Out of the total number of borrowers of 54,436, 27.72% has been in arrears for more than 30 days while 15.2% has been in arrears for more than 90 days. The situation has been deteriorated

33

further as at Oct 2019. Of the total portfolio of Nu 19,974 Mn as at October 2019, around 42.97% was in arrears for more than 30 days while 31.58% was in arrears for more than 90 days. Out of the total number of borrowers of 54,344 as at October 2019, around 32.06 % has been in arrears for more than 30 days while 21.05% has been in arrears for more than 90 days. Out of the 34 branches, 10 branches have recorded PAR of over 30% as at Oct 2019 as shown below:

Branch PAR (%) PAR (%) AS AT DEC 2018 AS AT OCT 2019 Main Branch 34.9 61.3 Sjongher 32.7 37.9 Bumthak 48.82 50.4 Trongsa 42.2 49.5

Wamrong 30.78 26.1 Panban 39.75 46.6 Celephu 30.9 44.2 Yadhi 37.5 46.6 Samdrupcholing 39.6 56.0

Tashicholing 33.9 51.4 Source: BDBL

Only one branch has been able to bring down the rate below 30% and all other nine branches have increased their PAR ratios. Although the total portfolio has grown by around 6% during the period, the PAR Ratio has increased by 42.3% and >90 NPL ratio has increased by 6.3%. It was observed from the 5th risk management report for the year 2018, out of the new loans approved during the period 1st January 2018 to 31st July 2018, 198 loans amounting to Nu 59.68 Mn have fallen in to NPL category which is 55 more loans compared with the previous period. This clearly indicates that BDBL has not been able to recover the NPL loans which had fallen in to arrears earlier but also had not been able to prevent new loans falling in to arrears as well. As such there is a strong need to develop a new loan initiation system and new portfolio management system throughout the loan life cycle. Risk management framework of BDBL consists of management of credit risk, operational risk, reputational risk, market risk and liquidity risk. The major risk that the bank is facing is credit risk.

Although, the NPL ratio of BDBL is very high, the NPL ratios of other four banks are at acceptable level ranging from 1.66% to 6.44%. Of the total lending portfolio of the banking sector, these four banks accounts for 83% of the total lending portfolio indicating that proper lending could prevent high NPL portfolio as the Bhutanese society seems to have a good credit culture. One can argue and say that these four banks have very low NPLs as they do not lend in rural areas. This argument does not hold good as MFIs of Bhutan operating purely in rural areas are maintaining very low NPLs on their portfolios although MFIs

34

operations at present in Bhutan is very limited. The Largest MFI in Bhutan, RENEW, operates in 10 rural districts and serve about 22,000 customers with around 3,000 borrowers. In 2018, RENEW had disbursed Nu 92.0 Mn (maximum repayment period of one year) and the NPL ratio of these non-collateralized loan had been less than 3%. Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs (BAOWE) an MFI which commenced micro lending in 2017 has so far granted 40 non-collateralized loans with a total value of Nu 13.6 Mn and currently maintains zero percent NPL. Although the amounts involved are small, the example of MFIs clearly shows that rural lending could be done with very low NPLs, if it is done properly. It appears that that measures taken by BDBL in mitigating and controlling credit risk at all stages of the life cycle of a loan are inadequate resulting in a very high NPLs. The conclusion that can be made from the above analysis is that whether it’s rural lending or urban lending, portfolios with low NPLs can be created if lending is carried out by experienced credit analysts using proper credit granting and monitoring systems employing effective credit risk management measures at every stage of the loan life cycle.

The breakdown of the portfolio of BDBL as per the guidelines of the RMA for the purpose of estimating impairment cost as at Oct 2019 is shown in the following table:

Category No. of As % of Value of As a percentage Impairment Accounts Total Portfolio Of total Requirement accounts (Nu Mn) portfolio % Standard 39,497 70.1 11,391 57.0 0.5 Watch 5,896 10.6 2,274 11.4 1.0 Sub-Standard 2,772 5.0 1,425 07.1 20.0 Doubtful 2,713 4.9 1,273 06.4 50.0 Loss 5,199 9.4 3,608 18.1 100.0 TOTAL 56,077 100.0 19,974 100.0 Source: BDBL The NPL Ratio (> 90 days) which was at 20.73% as at end of December 2018 has further deteriorated to 31.58% as at end October 2019.

3.11. CAUSES FOR HIGH NPLs: The poor quality of the lending portfolio is the root cause for most of the problems faced by BDBL including inadequate capital adequacy. Impairments on bad loans had resulted in eroding the equity capital. There are several reasons for the high level of NPL of BDBL. The main among the reasons for high NPL is the inadequate credit analysis skills of the credit officers and the credit assistants. In Bhutan, credit decisions are primarily based on collateral and not based on the cash flows of the borrowers. More than 60% of lending by BDBL is in rural areas. In the event of a default selling of the mortgaged properties in rural areas and realizing the full amount due from the borrowers is extremely difficult. Banks in Bhutan also experience difficulties in seizing collateral in a timely manner when borrowers default on loans due to delays in judicial system. Many in Bhutan believe that judicial system in the country favors borrowers. A recent World Bank Report states that in Bhutan “it requires 47 procedures spanning over

35

225 days and costing around 23% of the value of a claim to enforce a claim”. As such litigation on defaulted loans takes time and it is very expensive. Hence, lending decisions taken mainly based on collateral is not really effective from the point view of loan recovery. The main causes for high NPLs are described below: 3.11.1. Inadequate Skills in Credit Appraisal-Skills Gap Analysis: BDBL has total staff of as at date and the total staff directly involved in the credit function is 225. The overall skill level of the entire staff is essential for the efficient running of the Bank. However, the skill levels of the credit staff are more relevant to the successful running of the Bank. A skill gap analysis carried out by the consultant clearly indicates the inadequacy of credit skills. As mentioned elsewhere in this report the credit analytical skills of the credit staff is inadequate and this in turn has resulted in of the poor quality of the lending portfolio resulting in High NPLs. The most critical problem faced by BDBL today is the unusually high NPLS which is threatening the overall profitability of the Bank. A list of the credit staff, broadly categorized to Credit/Project Officers and Credit Assistants together with the training programs followed by them are given in the ANNEXURE 04. The following could be observed from the data given in the ANNEXURE 04

Type of Training Credit Credit Total Officers Assistants Credit Appraisal 14 50 64 Credit Appr & Recovery/NPL MGT 12 28 40 Branch Supervision 05 - 05 Risk Management 03 - 03 Related other Training 07 21 28 Total Trained in formal training programs 41 99 140 Not trained in any formal Training Program 46 39 85 Total 87 128 225 Source: BDBL In addition, the 41 credit officers who have undergone formal classroom training, 12 of them have undertaken exposure visits to financial institutions in the countries such as India, Sri Lanka, , Nepal and Vietnam. The number of Credit officers who have no formal credit training is 46 as against 41 credit officers trained in formal training programs. Around 53% of the credit officers have no formal training in credit. The Credit Officers, who plays the main role in credit activity of the Bank, require not only training in credit appraisal, they also requires training in relevant areas such as credit marketing, credit portfolio management and credit risk management, the training provided to credit officers in these areas had been minimal. A reasonable percentage of around 77% of the credit assistants whose responsibility is to assist credit officers in the credit granting and portfolio management process, formal training on has undergone basic credit training and credit recovery. Of the 39 Credit assistants who have not undergone any formal training, 12 have participated in exposure visits to financial institutions in several countries in the region.

36

It appears that in Bhutan and BDBL too, the primary consideration for lending decisions is collateral and the cash flows which demonstrate the ability or capacity to repay is the secondary consideration. In fact, in good lending it should be the other way around. The “first way out” of a loan is the cash flow and the “second way out” is the collateral. Reliance on collateral as “first way out” in deciding on a loan is not prudent. The lending criteria for any loan should be the future cash flows of the borrower which indicates his capacity for debt servicing. Cash flow based lending requires specialized skills which may not be required for collateral based lending and the skills among the BDBL officers on these aspects are limited. Most of the credit officers of BDBL have no experience and training in cash flow based lending. It was observed that most of the borrowers have defaulted on their loans due to cash flow difficulties. In some cases proper appraisal of cash flows would have prevented granting of such loans. Most of the credit officers had joined the bank straight from Universities/Colleges without any specialized training in credit. All new trainees undergo initial “induction” training for around one week which is highly inadequate to be a professional credit analyst. At present the credit staff consists of 76 credit officers and 112 credit assistants. Only very few of them have undergone profession training programs. Most of the SME clients financed/to be financed by BDBL do not maintain proper books of accounts and also do not make financial statements such as profit and loss statements and balance sheets. Even the officers who have undergone training have followed only very short programs of one to two weeks. When evaluating credit proposals for SME clients, Credit Officer should be able to obtain necessary financial data from the potential borrowers and construct financial statements. Most officers of BDBL do not have these skills. A strategy should be launched to provide specialized skills in cash flow based lending to all credit officers. The proper training to credit officers could prevent, to a great extent, the “adverse selection” of borrowers and future NPLs. A program to provide specialized credit training to all credit officers of the Bank should be a part of rural finance of BDBL. A basic structure of a cash flow based lending covering 5Cs methodology is given in ANNEXURE 05 3.11.2. Lack of Proper Guidelines on Credit Appraisal: Proper written guidelines/formats to be used in collection of data/information and credit appraisal are required to ensure the quality of credit appraisal. Although the Credit Manual of BDBL mentions about 5Cs approach in credit analysis, no evidence were available to confirm that credit officers use the 5Cs approach in practice. The examination of a representative sample of credit appraisal reports reveals several information gaps such as analysis of past performance of applicants of existing businesses, verifications of assumptions used in projections, proper calculation of project cost, estimation of working capital and market assessment. In order to guide the credit officers on what information they should collect before taking in hand the credit appraisal and also to guide them on areas and aspects to be covered in the appraisal report, it is essential to use a comprehensive appraisal format. Depending on the loan size and the type, two to three different appraisal formats could be developed and used. An appraisal format suggested is given in ANNEXURE 06

37

3.11.3. Lack of Credit Risk Management Tools at Loan Origination: The credit risk management is to be done at all stages of the “life cycle “of a loan. The first stage of life cycle of a loan is loan origination. The credit risk management should start here. The Proper and scientific selection of borrowers at the application stage is essential to prevent selecting potential defaulters. Most banks adopt credit scoring systems or risk rating systems for the preliminary screening to eliminate risky potential defaulters. Credit scoring is mostly used by MFIs while banks/financial institutions lending to SMEs use system of risk rating clients. The risk rating systems are scientific in selecting good borrowers as against judgmental approaches used in client identification. At present the procedures followed by BDBL in client identification seems to be highly judgmental and this could be one reason for high NPLs. Introducing a comprehensive risk rating system to identify good borrowers would help in reducing future NPLs. The format to be used in risk rating and guidelines on how to use the format are given in ANNEXURES 07 and 07A respectively. This format is not suitable for startup businesses. A separate format to be used for startups and the guidelines on how to use this format are given in ANNEXURES 08 and 08 A respectively. 3.11.4. Lack of Loan Supervision: Lending portfolio of BDBL is highly infected. The PAR >30 days was 42.9% and the > 90 days was 31.58%. One reason for high infection ratios is the very high ratio of number of loans per loans officer. Higher number of loans per loans officer make it difficult for loans officers to monitor the post disbursement performance of borrowers. Less supervision may result in misuse of funds and relaxing the need to service loans by borrowers enhancing the possibility defaults. Frequent visits and meetings with borrowers will reduce the probability of defaults According to guidelines of Consultative Group to Assist poor (CGAP), the apex body for MFIs, the ratio should be around 300 to 400 per loans officer depending on the nature of the country. In South Asian Countries the ratio was 400 in 2012. These norms are not applicable or relevant to Bhutan due to very high distance in between clients and between branch offices and clients. The credit function of BDBL is managed by 76 credit officers and 112 credit assistants. Credit officers are really responsible for loan initiation, approval, disbursement, loan supervision, recoveries. Credit assistants help the loan officers in performing the above duties. If only loan officers are considered as responsible for above activities, the number of loans per loans officer works out to be 725 which is very high in terms of any norm. If credit assistants are also considered, the ratio works out to be 289. A branch wise list of credit officers and credit assistants and the number of credit files of each branch are given in ANNEXURE 09. It was observed that credit files are distributed unevenly among the credit officers and branches. Some officers handle around 600 files while some handles much less than that. Considering the distance in between clients and the distance between the branch and the client, both above ratios seem highly excessive. Taking the loans officers and Credit Assistants as one group, more realistic ratio of 200 loans per officer is recommended as part of the strategy to improve the loan supervision and reaching to new clients. The suggested number is based on the views expressed by the officers involved in credit.

38

3.11.5. Low Financial Literacy of Clients and need for client education: Out of the 54,000 plus clients of BDBL, only around 70 clients are corporates and the majority of the balance is rural based CSIs and rural households. Although, the corporate clients are capable of managing its finances, the rural clients are not capable of doing so. Under the group lending program of BDBL, financial literacy training is provided to potential borrowers under the program. However, the percentage borrowers falling under this category is just around 3% and percentage of corporate clients is even less than 1%. The BDBL at present does not provide the large percentage of rural borrowers who do not fall either in to Group Loan category or corporate loan category. Bhutanese entrepreneurs, particularly, among MSME entrepreneurs is very low and most of them are financially illiterate. To remedy this issue RMA has setup a separate secretariat to be responsible for promoting financial literacy among entrepreneurs. Since MSMEs are playing an important role in the economic development of any nation, the success of such enterprises is essential for the economic growth. The success or otherwise of a MSME would depend largely on the financial literacy level of the owner of the business. Low financial literacy among entrepreneurs result in high number of business failures and also a large number of loans taken by them falling in to NPL category. The financial literacy of an entrepreneur is measured in terms of the entrepreneurs’ understanding of basic financial concepts such as interest rates, Compound interest, , risk diversification, his knowledge in legal and regulatory matters, record keeping, budgeting and his skills in raising funding from outside sources at minimum cost. When lending to microenterprises by MFIs, they make it a prerequisite that potential borrowers should undergo a two to three day financial literacy training program. MFIs in Bhutan follow this practice in providing financial literacy programs for micro entrepreneurs. Financial literacy programs provided are in two parts; first part is class room training provided prior to lending and the second part during the operation of the business which is known as: mentoring”. It is recommended that BDBL develop a financial literacy program and mentoring program for its MSME Customers. Undergoing this training may be made compulsory. The main topics, inter alia. That should be covered in a trading program would be:

➢ Basic principles of money management ➢ Managing cash flows ➢ Building assets ➢ Interfacing with formal and informal financial institution ➢ Dealing with special challenges ➢ Earning money ➢ Record keeping and understanding of financial records ➢ Risk Diversification ➢ Online banking and usage of mobile phones for Banking

39

3.11.6. Lack of Professional Business Development Support Services (BDS) for CSIs and the need for business facilitation: The credit to the CSI sector is an important component of the rural credit offered by the financial sector. The Government believes that the CSI sector is the engine of growth and hence the sector growth is essential for an inclusive economic growth. Although the CSI sector accounts for nearly 95% of the country’s business units, it has received only 14% of the total credit of the Banking sector. The growth in the CSI sector to a large extent depends on the availability of professional Business Development Support (BDS) services. Almost all CSIs require professional BDS services to sustain and grow their businesses as most CSI entrepreneurs are not conversant with all aspects of business management. BDS required by CSIs includes a wide array of services such as preparation of feasibility studies, assistance to start-up businesses, training on entrepreneurship, HR management, technologies and marketing. Discussions with CSI entrepreneurs and bankers revealed that the status of BDS services at present is not at a desired level and it needs improvements. What the financial institutions could do to develop this is limited and it is the responsibility of authorities to set up a “One Stop Shop” to Provide BDS services. Multilateral development agencies could consider providing TA assistance the government to set up such a facility. The consultant has personally involved in a few such facilities financed by multilateral development agencies and operated by public entities in collaboration with lending institutions. For increasing the rural outreach and also to improve the quality of the rural lending portfolio it is essential to develop a professional system of BDS Services. There are various options available to create a system of BDS Services. One option available for BDBL and REDCL is to set up their own systems of DBS as a fee levying financial service or both institutions to team up with Department of Cottage and Small Industry (CSI) and set up a public sector entity to provide professional BDS Services at a subsidized fee to CSIs. The government Departments may not be able to provide professional DBS Services. Although, there are several public sector entities and NGOs providing these services in Bhutan at present CSI sector is not happy with the quality of services.

3.12. PRICING AND SECURITY (COLLATERAL): The Minimum Lending Rate (MLR) for the banking sector is determined by the RMA and the banks are free to determine their lending rate taking in to account other factors. Assets and Liability Committee (ALCO) of BDBL is responsible for deciding the lending rate of the Bank. In deciding the lending rate, ALCO takes in to account the following factors: i. Cost of Funds ii. Tenure/Duration iii. Admin Cost iv. Risk profile v. Spread

The average cost of funds of BDBL is relatively higher when compared with other banks resulting in higher lending rates. As almost all lending of BDBL is out of deposits, the lending rate would ultimately depend on the rates the Banks pay on its deposits. It is observed that

40

the average rate paid by BDBL on its deposits is relatively higher than the rates paid by other banks. Another issue related to pricing of loans faced by BDBL is the ignoring risk profile of the borrower, size of the loan and relative loan administrative cost. Business borrowers of the BDBL could be broadly categorized as micro enterprises, cottage industries, small industries and Corporates. Risk profile of individual customers in each group and also the risk profile of different customers in each group are different. Pricing of a loan should be linked to the risk profile of the borrower. It is pertinent to mention here the principle of “high risk high return and low risk low return” which is practiced by lenders and investors all over the world. Further, the size of the loans to customers under each category is also different. Loans granted to micros, cottage enterprises and small enterprises would be relatively smaller than the size of loans granted to medium and large enterprises. Large loans will generate a higher income to the lender than the income generated from smaller loans. However, the administrative expenses incurred in originating and managing a loan would almost be similar irrespective of the size of the loan. Therefore it is justifiable to charge different rates from different categories of borrowers and different sizes of loan categories and banks and financial institutions follow this principle in determining an appropriate pricing structure for their lending products. All borrowers of BDBL are currently charged the same rate (with marginal concessions of 1-2% to some priority sectors) of interest decided by ALCO irrespective of the risk profile of the borrower and size of the loan. The ALCO proposes the rate to the Board and the final decision is taken by the Board also taking in to account political aspects of the decision. If the proposed risk rating system is adopted by BBDL, a risk-based pricing system could be followed by BBDL. The Minimum Lending rate of BDBL at present is around 8.8% while the average lending rate is 10.4%. The rates of interests currently charged by BDBL are given in ANNEXURE 10. The lending rates of banks where rates are not regulated by the regulator will largely depend on cost of funds of respective banks. In Bhutan, the funds for lending by banks, including BDBL comes mainly from deposits and hence cost of funds will mainly consist of rates of interest paid on deposits. For the purpose of security, the loans granted by BDBL are divided in to two categories namely Individual Loans and Group Loans. The Credit Manual of BDBL clearly states that all individual loans granted by the bank should be against the “mortgage of collateral”. Group loans are grated to members of a group against the cross guarantees of the other members of that group. During the 5 ½ year period (January 2014 to June 2019), the number group loans granted amounted only to 1.42% of the total loans granted. This indicates that around 98% of the loans approved during the last 5 ½ years are against tangible collateral. The main types of security taken by BDBL on its individual loans are:

• Land-rural, semi urban and urban • Resettlement/Kidu land • Buildings-residential and commercial • Apartments/flats having ownership certificates • Plant and Machinery

41

• Cash Crops • Private Plantations • Vehicles • Insured cattle • Project assets • Stocks and inventories • Fixed deposits • RGOB/Corporate Bonds/TB/Listed Commercial Papers

The following types of assets are not accepted as security:

• Religious articles and place of worship • State owned lands • Sokshing ( forest land used as leaf litter, fodder and manure ) and Tsamdro(grazing land for livestock • Land and buildings owned by monastic bodies will be accepted, if authorized by a CA • Antiques

The lending manual provides guidelines on valuation of assets taken as security. Valuation methodology prescribed is very restrictive. The dependence on tangible collateral for a development bank in a country where security in the form of immovable property is not abundantly available certainly restricts its outreach. The solution for this may be the relaxation of security requirement and/or substantially increasing the group lending.

3.13. TERMS AND CONDITIONS: As practiced by all banks internationally, BDBL too grant loans subject to certain terms and conditions. These terms and conditions are to ensure the proper use of loan proceeds and regular repayments of loans. The Main categories of terms and conditions relate to the following aspects: i. Security-All individual loans are granted against tangible security. BDBL is to abide by the RMA guidelines on Loan to Value (LTV) ratio. LTV varies according to the type of the asset. Currently the ratio varies from 50% to 90%. While the LTV on fixed deposits is at 90 %, the LTV on securities and corporate bonds is 50%. LTV on immovable property value of which is always estimated conservatively is 75%. ii. Insurance: All assets to be mortgaged should be insured. iii. Debt: Equity: All borrowers are required to share the risk of the business by contributing a certain percentage of the investment of the business in the form of equity capital. The maximum debt equity ratio to be maintained on all lending is 75:25. However, this ratio will vary within the maximum limit depending on the risk profile of the borrower and the risk profile of the business to be financed. iv. Repayment Terms: Some loans such as overdrafts are revolving and some are (term Loans) are with a fixed repayment period and a fixed repayment schedule. Term

42

loans will carry repayment periods ranging from 12 months to 20 years depending on the purpose of the loan and the cash flow of the borrower. v. Rate of Interest: For different types of loans the ALCO decides the rate based on the Minimum Lending Rate determined by RMA. Different industry sectors and different types of loans and different loan schemes will have different rates but the difference would be very marginal and the difference will vary from 1% to 2%.Interest is calculated on reducing balance basis. vi. Types of Installments: Installments on term loans are in the form of Equated Monthly Installments (EMIs) payable monthly, quarterly, half yearly or yearly.

Of the general terms and conditions applicable for loans, the Bank needs to consider making some changes to the following term and conditions: i. Non-Collateral based Loans: Lack of collateral is one of the main reasons for low rural outreach as most rural CSIs and households cannot offer tangible collateral to obtain loans from financial institutions. It is recommended to consider granting Loans at least up to Nu 500,000 without “mortgage of Collateral: Loans up to a limit say Nu 500,000 mn to be granted purely on the basis of cash flows and against the guarantee of two acceptable individuals. Individual loans similar to group loans. This can be limited to clients with high risk ratings. ii. Lowering of Debt: equity for micros and Cottage Industries: One of the problems faced by the potential borrowers in the rural areas is sourcing of equity/venture capital required by lenders to maintain the minimum debt: equity requirements. It is recommended that BDBL consider either reducing the ratio to around 80:20 or 90:10 for CSI s or introduce product to offer venture capital/seed capital to CSIs. Venture capital is a product offered by development Banks internationally. iii. Interest Rate: Introduce the risk based pricing depending on the risk rating of the clients. It is recommended to introduce a system of client risk rating iv. Higher rates of Interest on Smaller individual loans and group loans to be introduced as the administration cost of such loans are relatively high. MFIs who handle group loans and smaller amounts, charge around 2% per month and BDBL charges same rate for big corporates and micros as well.

3.14. COMMUNITY CENTERS: The Government of Bhutan established a mechanism in 2012 to deliver Government-to-Citizen (G2C) services to the general public efficiently in one venue. Community Centers (CC) were set up in Gewogs to implement this program. Originally, the Government selected Bhutan Post to manage the community centers for five years. All government services to the general public such as issuance of Citizen Identity cards, registration of births, name changes, registration of deaths, and approval for construction/reconstruction of houses, business registrations and several more online services are delivered through the Service Centers. The service centers also provide off-line services such as photocopying and printing to the community at nominal charge. For

43

administrative purposes, the country is divided in to 205 Gewogs (group of villages) and each Gewog has an elected community leader. As at date, community centers have been set up in 200 Gewogs. After few years of operations, the Government decided in 2015 to transfer the management of Community centers to BDBL as it is in a better position to deliver financial services which was most needed at that time. The Management of CCs was transferred to BDBL in March 2015. The Bank has appointed one officer each to a community center to run its operations. Centers provide 18 types of online Non- Government to Citizen (Non-G2C) and 43 types of Government to Citizens (G2C) services and 28 offline services to the citizens. The operations of Centers are not financial sustainable as fees charged are not adequate to cover the operational costs incurred in providing it services. The profitability of the overall performance of CCs is shown in the following table:

Year Total Income from Total Operational cost Overall Profit/(loss) All CCs (Nu 000) Of all CCs (Nu 000) (Nu 000) 2015 3,573 20,240 (16,666) 2016 4,681 32,314 (27,632) 2017 5,813 34,705 (28,891) 2018 4,506 31,899 (27,932)

The Bank uses these community Centers in a limited way to deliver its services to the community. The Bank should make use of the community centers to their full potential to enhance the Bank’s credit outreach. The community center operations are carried out as a separate profit center and since the transfer of management of CCs; the Bank has made a cumulative loss of approximately Nu 100 Mn including a loss of Nu 28.9 Mn in 2018. The fees collected by offering services by CCs are less than 20% of the cost incurred by BDBL in providing such services. The BDBL should make an attempt to achieve at least Break-Even status of the center operations. It is recommended that BDBL undertakes center wise profitability analysis comparing the fees charged by private service providers and come up with recommendation to achieve the sustainability of the centers as a separate profit center. At present BDBL does not prepare accounts on individual Community Centers. Since, CCs have a presence in 200 Gewogs out of 205 Gewogs and BDBL is responsible for managing the Centers, it could effectively use these centers to expand its outreach .A strategy on how to make use of CCs to expand the outreach of BDBL is described under the proposed strategy for BDBL.

3.15. OPERATIONS OF REVOLVING FUND I (RFI): Under the Government Economic Stimulus Plan (ESP) of 2013 with a budget of Nu 5.0 Bn, a Revolving Fund (RF) was established with an allocation of Nu 1.9 Bn to improve the CSI sector and the informal

44

activities of the rural sector. An organization under the name of “Business Opportunities Information Center (BOIC)” established to carry out the activities of the Revolving Fund. The target group of the Revolving Fund was the CSIs and the non-formal rural activities and BOIC envisaged providing funding to this group at concessionary terms. Of the total fund of Nu 1.9 Bn, a sum of Nu 1.5 Bn was allocated under RF I to finance new business start-ups primarily cottage and small industries and a sum of 0.4 Bn was allocated under Revolving Fund II to non-formal rural activities. Due to some issues faced by BOIC, activities of it was closed after two years of operations. In order to continue the activities of RF I and RF II, the Government in May 2016 established Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL) as wholly owned state enterprise under the Companies Act and licensed by RMA as a Microfinance Institution (MFI). All activities of RF II with a lending portfolio of Nu 127 Mn were transferred from BOIC to REDCL which commenced operations in June 2016. The activities of RF I and a fund of Nu 1.5 Bn were transferred to BDBL for management. All together 420 projects have been transferred from BOIC to BDBL for management. BDBL has created a separate Unit to manage RF I and this unit has been in operation for nearly 3 years. The Unit headed by a senior officer of BDBL has five project officers and four recovery officers. The transferred portfolio has not been taken into the books of BDBL mainly because transferred portfolio has very high NPL at around 40%. Number of accounts in NPL is 112 while 17 projects have been closed. It is proposed under the up gradation of REDCL to a CSI bank, RF I portfolio also would be transferred to the new CSI bank. BBDL staff currently deployed for managing RF I could be used for other lending activities of BDBL once the portfolio under RFI is transferred. The aging analysis of the portfolio including outstanding interest under RF I managed by BDBL is given in the following table.

Indicator Amount Outstanding No. of Accounts (Nu Mn) Standard 274 3,111 Watch 82 568 Sub-Standard 26 184 Doubtful 23 139 Loss 15 126 Total 420 4,128 Source: BDBL The above statistics indicates that the quality of the portfolio managed by BDBL is not good and nearly 35% of the value of the portfolio and 25% of the number of borrowers has been in arrears as at end of Dec 2018.

3.16. BRANCH AND CLIENT VISITS: The Consultant visited three branches of BBDL on 26th, 27th and 28th of November and met several clients of these branches. Most of the clients were met at their business premises and some clients of BDBL were met at the BDBL

45

branch in Phunaka. Observation made during the branch visits and client meetings are summarized below:

3.16.1. BDBL Branch - Phunaka – Meeting with the Branch Manager and Credit Staff: Branch has 6 credit officers and the total number of clients handled is 2,600 and the total portfolio was Nu 600 Mn. The branch undertakes individual lending as well as group lending. Majority of loans are in the agriculture sector. All individual loans are against immovable collateral and group loans against cross guarantees of group members. 20 groups with 40 members have been formed and groups operate under three centers. Total portfolio of group loans is around Nu 2.0 Mn and the maximum group loan is Nu 300,000. Around 400 clients out of 2,600 clients are in arrears and the portfolio in arrears is Nu 121 Mn representing 17% of the portfolio (arrears above 90 days). Although a separate NPL ratio is not calculated on group loans, the NPL of Group loans are much less than that of the individual loans. Branch is also responsible for the management of 11 community centers. All group loans should come with a recommendation of the Community leader, an elected official reporting to the Local Government Authority. One bank officer is based in a community center. Branch credit officers visit on pre-arranged two days of a month for banking business, mainly recoveries. Each community center has a POS machine to support collection. The branch has a savings portfolio of Nu 326 Mn and 7,300 saving accounts. Lending rate is around 10.25% on individual loans and 10.0% on group loans. Interest on savings is 5.7%.

Two Clients of the branch was visited. One of these clients was involved in poultry farming and the amount lent was Nu 500,000. He is in arrears for about 11 months even after a rescheduling of the loan and the reason attributed for non-payment is inadequate funding provided by the bank at the time of the commencement of the project. The other client is engaged in agriculture, dairy farming and trading. The loan granted is Nu 152,000 and the loan is regular. This is her second loan from BDBL and she has also borrowed from RENEW a loan for educational purposes.

3.16.2. BDBL Branch - Nobding: Meeting at the branch with the Branch Manager and the two credit officers. The total number of staff is 6 and two are credit officers. Portfolio is Nu 258 Mn of which Nu 170 Mn is in the agriculture. Total number of borrowers is 1,050. The number of loan accounts per credit officer is very high at around 700 clients per credit officer. NPL ratio of the portfolio is 9.5% and the number of NPL clients is 113. The branch lend to individuals as well as groups. Branch has lent to 23 groups with a total membership of 90. Total portfolio lent under group lending is Nu 14.6 Mn. Branch has a saving portfolio of Nu 170 Mn with around 3,700 saving accounts. Lending to potato cultivators is high and lending to agriculture is at 10.25% and group loans are at 10.0%.

A group of potato cultivators consisting 5 borrowers including two women who had taken individual loans for potato cultivation was visited and met them in a community center. All potato farmers are performing well as they have ready market access to their product and

46

cash flow is regular. The maximum loan granted is Nu 300,000 and the average loan size is Nu 200,000. All loans to potato farmers are revolving loans for a period of one year. They are renewed after one year. The NPL on loans granted to potato farmers are very low NPL.

3.16.3. BDBL Branch - Wongdue: The Branch has a total staff of 12 and of which two are credit officers and another two are credit assistants. Total loan portfolio is Nu 690 Mn and the total borrowers are 2,630. Around 60% of the portfolio is in agriculture. The NPL ratio of the branch is 10% and 219 borrowers are in NPL. Branch undertakes individual lending as well as group lending. The branch has lent to 29 groups consisting of 78 group members and group lending portfolio is Nu 29 Mn. NPL ratio of group lending is much lower than that of the individual loans. The total savings portfolio is Nu 430 Mn and total savings accounts are 9,600. I also met a group of group borrowers and the branch of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry (BCCI) has helped the borrowers and the Bank in organizing these groups. Groups consist of both male and female from different business sectors. Details of the group borrowers are given below:

Client Loan Amount Activity Purpose Status (Nu) Client 01 300,000 Grocery Working capital Regular (male) Client 02 200,000 Tailoring shop Working capital Regular (male) Client 03 300,000 Restaurant Working capital Regular (male) Client 04 300,000 Bar and Grocery working capital Regular (male) Client 05 300,000 Restaurant Working capital Regular (female) Source: BDBL

Consultant also visited two individual borrowers financed by the branch. One of the individual borrowers is large scale poultry and dairy farmer and an animal feed manufacturer. He had taken several loans from BDBL starting with a Nu 90,000 loan 30 years ago. Over the period has graduated to be large scale borrower. Loans are secured against property mortgage and he is a very loyal customer of BDBL. The other individual client visited is a women entrepreneur engaged in agriculture. Loan of Nu 20,000 granted to this borrower is for a biomass project to generate gas for domestic consumption. She saves about Nu 5,000 for three months.

3.15.4. Observations Made During Branch Visits and Client Meetings:

1. All individual lending are strictly on immovable collateral of lands and buildings.

47

2. Most borrowers are not happy with the valuations of lands by BDBL and borrowers feel that the market value of the properties are much higher than the valuations by BDBL/Panel valuers 3. Criteria for selection of borrowers appear to be the value of collateral offered and the CIB Report which indicates the borrower’s credit history. Much less attention has been paid to other areas such as experience in the industry, managerial/entrepreneurial skills, and access to markets 4. Inadequate skills among credit officers in cash flow based lending. Most of the officers involved in credit are strait from the Colleges/Universities with no experience in credit 5. Very high number of loans per credit officer ratios. The ratio was as high as 700 clients per loan officer. Loan officers have no time for marketing of credit to increase the outreach and no time for post disbursement supervising of portfolio there by affecting the quality of the portfolio. 6. Most borrowers have poor financial literacy and credit officers have to spend more times with borrowers in helping them to prepare project reports.

3.17. CONCLUSIONS: The Following conclusions were derived from the above diagnostic analysis of BDBL. These conclusions are summarized below: i. The Bank is faced with several problems. The root cause of all problems faced by BDBL is the poor quality portfolio resulting in very high NPL and high provision for loan impairment. ii. The Bank is faced with a low capital adequacy and slower growth of equity base. The high provisions for loan impairments have eroded the equity base of the Bank. Recapitalization of the Bank has become essential to move forward. iii. The overall outreach of the Bank is at low level when compared with magnitude of unbanked population of the country particularly in the credit market. Although BDBL has access to a wider network of access points through the Community Centers, there is no proper plan to work jointly with them to increase the outreach of the Bank. iv. It is essential to introduce new financial products through which the outreach of the Bank could be expanded. v. Profitability of the Bank has been deteriorating during the past five year period mainly due to increasing cost of interest as a percentage of gross interest income of the Bank and also due to high impairment cost. vi. The quality of the portfolio has deteriorated rapidly and PAR > 30 days and NPL > 90 days stand at 42.97% and 31.58% respectively as at October 2019. High NPLs are due to the following reasons: • Inadequate credit appraisal skills of credit officers • Non-availability of proper appraisal guidelines, forms and formats

48

• Lack of appropriate credit risk management tools at the loan initiation stage • No proper post disbursement loan supervision and very high number of loans per loan officer • Lack of Professional Business Support Services to professionally assist borrowers in running their businesses efficiently.

49

4. PART THREE - DIAGNOSTIC STUDY OF RURAL ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION (REDCL)

4.1. INTRODUCTION TO REDCL: Under the Government Economic Stimulus Plan (ESP) of 2003, with a budget of Nu 5.0 Bn, a Revolving Fund (RF) was established with an allocation of Nu 1.9 Bn to improve the Cottage and Small Industry (CSI) sector and the informal activities of the rural sector. An organization under the name of “Business Opportunities Information Center (BOIC)” was established to carry out the activities of the Revolving Fund. The objective of the Revolving Fund was to; i. Facilitate the access to credit ii. Stimulate economic activities iii. Promote import substitution and iv. Generate employment

The target group of the Revolving Fund was the CSIs and the non-formal rural activities and BOIC envisaged providing funding to this group at highly concessionary terms. Of the total fund of Nu 1.9 Bn, a sum of Nu 1.5 Bn was allocated under RF I to finance new business start-ups primarily cottage and small industries and a sum of Nu 0.4 Bn was allocated under Revolving Fund II to finance non-formal rural activities. Due to some issues faced by BOIC, activities of it was closed after two years of operations. In order to continue the activities of RF II, the Government in May 2016 established Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL) as wholly state enterprise under the Companies Act and licensed by RMA as a Microfinance Institution (MFI). REDCL was launched on 21st May 2016, through the Government Order 2/101/303 dated 18th May 2016. All activities of RF II with a lending portfolio of Nu 127 Mn were transferred from BOIC to REDCL which commenced operations in June 2016. REDCL is managed by a Board of Directors consisting of five including the Chief Executive Officer. All directors except the CEO are very high serving government officials representing the ministries of Finance, Agriculture & Forestry, and Cottage of Small Industry and Ministry of Economic affairs and all directors and the CEO of REDCL are appointed direct by the Government. The Board is supported by the CEO and three other Deputy Directors in charge of Corporate Services, Public Relations& Media and Revolving Fund Management. The total staff of REDCL as at end of Dec 2018 was 37 including 20 branch project officers and 10 project officers in the Head Office. REDCL handles only the front office functions of the credit process and all back office functions are handled by BDBL for a fee of 2% of the amount of the loan. The vision of REDCL is to stimulate growth of non-formal rural activities by providing necessary support both administrative and funding while its mission is to generate employment, substitute imports and/or promote exports by promoting non-formal rural activities through the provision of timely integrated business support.

50

4.2. TYPES OF LOANS OFFERED: The main objective of REDCL is to “provide funds for the non-formal rural activities on a low interest rate of 4% per annum and without any collateral requirement in order to stimulate economic activities and add value to the domestic resources and create employment”. REDCL offer five categories of loans as shown below: i. Category 1 - Livestock ii. Category 2 - Agriculture iii. Category 3 - Weaving iv. Category 4 - Horticulture or any the project v. Category 5 - Others manufacturing

The maximum amount under any category of loans is Nu 500,000 and the rate of interest is 4% per annum. Maximum repayment period is 12 years with a maximum grace period of 12 months. No tangible collateral is required. However, a personal guarantee of an individual having a good credit history with other financial institutions is required. The eligibility criteria for loans from REDCL are described below:

• New start-up cottage and Small Industries (CSIs) engaged in manufacturing, production and non-formal rural activities • Projects meeting the industry classification and criteria of CSI under the production and manufacturing category of the ministry of the Economic Affairs (MoEA), Royal Government of Bhutan • Projects that are technically feasible and financially viable • Projects meeting the principles of priority sector as mentioned in Economic Stimulus Plan Implementation Report (ESPIR), namely ➢ Import substitution ➢ Export enhancement or promotion, and ➢ Creation of Employment

Projects already financed by other financial institutions and civil servants, corporate employees, selected candidates in local government elections and parliamentarians are not eligible to receive loans from REDCL. REDCL mainly provide individual loans. On a selective basis it also provides Group Loans in some geographical areas. With the up gradation of REDCL to be a CSI bank, it will become a fully pledged development finance institution (DFI). Once the REDCL is converted to a CSI bank, the package of products currently offered by it is not adequate to play its role as a main rural finance provider and to increase its rural outreach. The following new products are recommended for the consideration REDCL for diversifying its product mix. At present REDCL offers only interest earning fund based products or interest earning credit products. Most banks offer a variety of fee based products and earn relatively a substantial income. It is recommended that REDCL consider offering a few new fund-based product and a new fee based products. Fund based products recommended are described below:

51

i. Leasing -Equipment and vehicle Leasing for CSIs and lease and “sale and lease back” ii. Leasing of high - end consumer durables for rural households with regular or seasonal incomes iii. Venture capital/Seed capital for sustainable CSIs who are experiencing shortages of equity capital iv. Wholesale loans to sustainable MFIs through credit lines or through the securitization of lending portfolios of MFIs v. Value chain financing programs for few industry sectors/commodities. The possible sectors/commodities for introducing value chain financing programs initially are Fruits Industry, Dairy Farming and Potato Cultivation.

In a country like Bhutan where financial inclusion is at very low level and NPL ratios are at very high level, one way to improve the financial inclusion while maintaining the quality of the lending portfolio is to undertake group lending in a large scale. Although REDCL offers group loans on a very selective basis only in some geographical areas, it is not properly marketed and it is not promoted as a product. Inquiries made from rural finance institutions revealed that quality of group loans is relatively better than the secured individual lending portfolio. REDCL is currently facing a problem of high NPL and therefore it is more prudent for them to lend more in group loans which carry low NPLs.

4.3. BUSINESS PROCESS: The current Business Process of REDCL is simple. It operates as a Microfinance Institution (MFI) providing a single product to a particular segment of enterprises. REDCL currently provides only term loans to start-up enterprises. The current business process of REDCL is almost entirely focused on lending business as almost all of its income is generated from the lending business. The Business process of any successful MFI should encompass the following steps: i. Pro-Active Marketing and sourcing of potential customers ii. Initial screening of potential clients using an effective risk management tool (Credit Scoring and/or client risk rating iii. Credit Appraisal of screened credit applications using 5Cs approach iv. Credit decision making minimizing the credit risk v. Proper disbursement of loan proceeds avoiding misuse of loan proceeds vi. Post Disbursement loan supervision/portfolio supervision vii. Reporting

It was observed that the business process of REDCL covers only few of the steps described above in its business process. The most important step in the business process of any business organization is the” pro-active marketing” of its products and services. However, due to heavy load of work, the Project Officers in in branches are unable to undertake marketing and mostly serve only “walk in” customers and this has resulted in low outreach of REDCL. The approach used in initial screening of loan application is highly subjective and

52

whether to accept a loan application from a potential customer for further processing or not depends entirely on a subjective judgment of the credit officer. No scientific method such as Client Risk Rating or Credit Scoring is used for initial screening of loan applications. Post disbursement loan monitoring is also lacking in the business process of REDCL. The weak areas described above in the business process have finally resulted in high NPLs and these areas need improvements.

4.4. OPERATING MODALITY: The primary objective of REDCL is to promote the activities of the non-formal rural sector Bhutan and it is the major and largest MFI catering to the micro enterprises sector. All funding for REDCL had come from the government at free of cost and the government has imposed a lending rate of 4% on its lending and it has a huge competitive advantage over other MFIs in the country. Generally MFIs always try to strike a balance between the profitability and social objective of providing financial services to unbanked rural population. Since the funding is from the government at no cost and the lending rate of f4% fixed by the government is inadequate to cover its operational expenses, REDCL concentrate only on the social objectives of its operations and not on the long term financial sustainability. In order to achieve the objectives of REDCL, it currently operates through Head Office in Thimphu (Being shifted to Para) 20 nationwide branch offices covering all 20 Dzongkag. The operating modality followed by REDCL its main business activity of lending is described step by step in the following paragraphs. Each branch has one project officer (except two branches) while head office has a total of 19 officers. Of the 19 officers in the Head Office, 08 are Field Officers/Project Officers. REDCL mainly provide individual loans, although it in some areas provides group loans on a selective basis. The steps involved in the process of approving and managing individual loans (the number of group loans accounts only for about 3% total number loans and process operating modality of group loans are described elsewhere in this report.) Step One: Loan applicants come to the branch and hand over applications to the Customer Project Officer of the Branch. Step Two: Project officer collects the necessary documents from the potential borrowers and compile a complete loan application. Step Three: The branch Project Officer undertakes the first screening of applications received. The branch project officer obtains the views and recommendations of the relevant government officials responsible for the industry. (For example; if the loan application is for a poultry farm the recommendations of the official of the livestock Department should be obtained); some applications are rejected after the initial screening. The rejection rate initially was high as much as 40% and the main reasons for rejections are; bad past debt servicing record and non-viability of proposals. Step Four: Client Visits: The project officer along with the government officials (industry experts) visit the applicant for observations and verification of numbers and facts given in the loan applications.

53

Step Five: Credit applications together with the necessary documents with the recommendations/observations of industry experts are sent to Head Office. Appraisal and preparation of Appraisal Report is done by the project officers at the head office by the credit officer. Time taken is 4-5 Days. Step Six: Approved credit proposals are sent to BDBL Head Office for documentation and disbursement, REDCL pays a fee of 2% of the loan amount to BDBL for its back office function. Step Seven: Disbursed loans are to be followed up by the branch project officers and they are also responsible recoveries. The supervision of loans granted is not very effective and the NPL ratio is very high. The process involved in loan origination seems to be efficient although post disbursement loan management is insufficient. It appears that credit officers have no adequate time for pro-active marketing and promotions and effective supervision of loans due to high number of loans per credit officer in some branches.

4.5. LOAN APPLICATIONS RECEIVED: The REDCL commenced operations in June 2016 and applications received and the number of loans disbursed from the inception is shown in the table below:

Indicator/Year 2016 2017 2018 No. of Applications received 4,025 2,419 1,272

No. of Loans Disbursed 1,241 860 1,245* Amount Disbursed (Nu Mn) 112.67 105.52 267.59 *The number of pending applications at the end of 2018 was 93. From its inception in June 2016 up to December 2018, RDCL has received 7,716 applications of which only 3,346 have been approved and disbursed (pending applications at the end of the year was 93) indicating a very high rejection rate. Of the 7,716 applications received, 4,012 applications are from Agricultural sector, 3,066 are from Livestock Sector and the balance 638 is from the Manufacturing Sector.

4.6. LOAN APPROVALS: Details of loans approved from its inception are given in the tables below: The sector wise breakdown of the cumulative number of loans approved and disbursed is given below:

54

Period/Sector 2016 2017 2018 Jan-June 2019 Agriculture 731 1,140 1,703 1,813 Livestock 482 903 1,454 1,584 Manufacturing 23 72 216 336 Others - - - -

TOTAL 1,236 2,115 3,373 3,733 Source: REDCL

The cumulative lending portfolio (Nu Mn) outstanding at the end of specified period is given below:

Period/Sector 2017 2018 Jan- June 2019 Agriculture 128 143 142

Livestock 98 169 193 Manufacturing 8 26 42 Others - - - TOTAL 234 338 377 Source: REDCL The number of loans approved and disbursed during the specified periods is given below:

(Nu Mn) Period/Sector 2016- 2018 Jan- 2017 Jun 2019 Agriculture 1,542 443 91 Livestock 1,208 443 104 Manufacturing 140 164 129 Others - 24 - Total 2,890 1074 324 Source: REDCL The values of loans approved and disbursed during the specified periods are given below:

(Nu Mn) Period/Sector 2016- 2018 Jan- 2017 Jun 2019 Agriculture 117 107 24 Livestock 95 134 51 Manufacturing 8 23 20 Others - 1 - TOTAL 220 265 95 Source: REDCL

55

Although, REDCL has approved 2,890 loans for the first 18 months averaging to around 160 loans per month, the rate of approval has declined to about 90 per month in 2018 and to 54 per month in 2019. The high rate of rejection may be one of the reasons for low approvals and outreach. During the year 2017, out of the 2,419 of applications received, 807 applications representing 33% of applications received have been rejected. The rate of outreach has been declining. The average loan size indicates an upward trend. The average loan size which was Nu 76,000 in 2016 has increased to Nu 247,000 in 2018 and to Nu 293,000 in 2019

4.7. NON-PERFORMING LOANS: Under the l guidelines of RMA, all MFIs REDCL is also a MFI) are required to categorize all their lending portfolios based on the repayment status of the portfolio and make provisions for loss of value depending on the category of the portfolio. The following table gives the categorizations of the lending portfolios of banks and applicable rates for provisioning for loan loss.

Category Age Provisioning Rate

Standard < 30days No provisioning

Watch 31 to 90 days No provisioning

Sub-Standard 91 to 180 days 30% Doubtful 181 to 365 days 30% Loss > 365 days 30% Source: Prudential Guidelines of RMA MFIs, world over use an indicator known as Portfolio at Risk (PAR) to measure the quality of their portfolios. All loans falling under Watch, Sub-Standard, Doubtful and Loss are classified as Portfolio at Risk. PAR ratio is calculated taking the portfolio at Risk as a percentage of the total portfolio. As per the Microfinance norms of CGAP, the internationally accepted PAR ratio for an efficiently managed MFI is around 6%. The quality of the portfolio of REDCL as at end December 2019 is shown in the following table:

Category No. of % Portfolio % Borrowers Nu Mn Standard 3111 75.0% 273 65.0% Watch 568 13.8% 82 19.6% Sub-Standard 184 04.5% 26 06.3% Doubtful 139 03.5% 23 05.5% Loss 126 03.2% 15 03.6% Total 4128 100.0 420 100.0 Source: REDCL

56

The PAR ratio is very high at 65% and repayments of 25% borrowers had not been up to date. If NPL ratio (ratio used by banks) is used to measure the quality of portfolio of REDCL the situation is still not satisfactory. The NPL ratio of REDCL (> 91 days) was 27% in 2017 and it has declined to 18.7% in 2018. Although the 18.7% NPL ratio is relatively high when compared with the sector average of around 11.5%, REDCL’s NPL ratio is still within the target of 30% fixed by the Government. It was observed that at the time of loan approval, an adequate credit analysis is not carried out. At the field level, the branch officer work in consultation with governmental officers such as Agricultural officers and livestock officers mainly to check the eligibility of potential borrowers and send the eligibility checked applications to Head Office where the approval is done. Here also there is no proper appraisal of credit proposals. Project Officers require more credit appraisal skills. The inadequate credit analysis skills among the credit officers are one of the main reasons for high NPLs. The Lack of post disbursement supervision is also a reason for high NPL. It is understood that since the loans are from Government at very low interest, most borrowers are under the impression that there is no need to repay these loans and they are grants from the Government.

The following table indicates the analysis of the quality of the portfolio in terms of number of clients of REDCL as per the requirement of RMA or the purpose provisioning for impairment.

Year Sector Standard Watch Sub- Doubtful Loss Total Standard 2016 Agriculture 349 172 95 98 17 731 Livestock 269 128 29 31 25 482 Manufacturing 143 5 2 2 0 152 Total 761 305 126 131 42 1,365 2017 Agriculture 640 230 91 79 100 1,140 Livestock 553 208 55 44 43 983 Manufacturing 44 25 3 0 0 72 Total 1,237 463 149 123 143 2,115 2018 Agriculture 1,139 301 131 54 78 1,703 Livestock 968 284 111 56 35 1,454 Manufacturing 173 29 5 9 0 116 Total 2,280 614 247 119 113 3,373 Jun 2019 Agriculture 1,505 77 86 73 72 1,813 Livestock 1,285 88 98 61 52 1,584 Manufacturing 306 15 8 6 1 336 Total 3,096 180 192 140 125 3,733 Source: REDCL It can be seen from the above table that as a percentage of number of borrowers in NPL have been declining. The ratio which was 42% in 2016 has declined to around 17% in 2019.

57

4.8. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: Summarized profit and Loss Statements and Balance Sheets are given in ANNEXURES11 and 12 respectively. 4.8.1. Financial Performance-Profit and Loss Statements: Key financial indicators extracted from the profit and loss statement of REDCL from its inception up to 31st December 2018 are given in the following table:

Indicator (Nu ‘000) June 2016 2017 2018 Interest Income 2,230 3,634 9,422

Other Incomes 6 628 613 Total Income 2,236 4,264 10,036 Operating Expenses 2,236 4,263 31,234 Net Profits before Impairments (3,517) (23,669) (21,198)

Less: Impairment 0 8,230 5,620 Net Profit (3,517) (31,899) (26,819) With the growth in the lending portfolio and with the resultant other incomes, the total income of REDCL has grown by three times during the period under review. However, the operating expenses have increased by nearly 13 times which is disproportionate to the increase in income. The increase in operational expenses has come mainly from the increase in the cost of employee benefits. The lending rate of interest of REDCL is controlled by the Government and the rate of 4% allowed by the Government is not adequate to meet its operational expenses. With the reduction of the NPL ratio in 2018, the provision on impairment also has declined. Still REDCL has not reached the “Operational Self Sufficiency” and as such its income is insufficient to meets its operational expenses. 4.8.2. Financial Performance-Balance Sheets: Key financial indicators extracted from the balance sheets of REDCL are given below:

Nu ‘000 Indicator /Year June 2016 Dec 2017 Dec 2018 Loans and advances 84,048 141,430 323,059

Other assets 62,342 93,344 60,938 Total Assets 146,390 235,764 383,997 Share Capital 15,000 35,000 430,535 Revolving Fund II 127,296 225,296 - Retained Profits 4,806 36,705 63,525 Other Reserves 6,820 6,820 6,820 Total Equity 144,309 230,410 373,830 Other Liabilities 2,081 5,354 9,599

Other Liabilities 146,390 235,764 383,429 Source: REDCL Loans and advances have grown by around by nearly three times during the periods under review. REDCL is a non-deposit taking MFI approved and licensed by RMA and hence it has no

58

deposits from the general public. All most all funds have been provided by the Government. During the year 2018, the share capital has increased substantially mainly due to the capitalization of revolving fund II. REDCL follows a model which is different from the model followed by other MFIS due to its involvement with the Government. It has not been able to achieve Operational Self Sufficiency (OSS) or Financial Self Sufficiency (FSS). All steps have now been finalized for the up gradation of REDCL to a Cottage and Small Industry Bank effective mid-2019. Considering the relaxed terms and conditions of lending such as 4% rate of interest and no collateral and having delivery points at each district, the level of outreach achieved by REDCL appears very low.

4.9. CAUSES FOR HIGH NPLs: The poor quality of the lending portfolio is one of the problems faced by REDCL. As the operations of RDCL are entirely control by the Government it has to follow government policy rather than attempting to achieve sustainability and low NPL/PAR. When compared with International Standard for PAR and the PAR of MFIs in Bhutan PAR of REDCL appears excessively high. According to international norms adopted / recommended by CGAP (Consultative Group to Assist Poor-an entity associated with World Bank) an efficiently managed MFI should maintain it PAR at around 6%. PAR of the private MFIs in Bhutan has been less than 3%, although the scale of their operations is very limited. The Government of Bhutan is now intending to make REDCL a sustainable entity, the introduction of measures to control future of NPL is essential. There are several reasons for the high level of NPL of REDCL. The main reasons for high NPL of REDCL are described below:

4.9.1. Inadequate Skills in Credit Appraisal: Lending activity of REDCL is carried out through the 20 branch offices located in 20 districts. Origination of loans is by them and the credit appraisal is by the 8 project officers attached to Head Office. Each Branch is managed by a project officer. Discussions with branch project officers revealed that most of them are straight from the College or the University without formal training in credit. REDCL is required to finance only start -up businesses and also without taking any collateral. Lending is based entirely on the perceived future viability of start-ups. The ascertaining of future viability of start-ups requires very high credit appraisal skills and most REDCL project officers lack such skills. It is recommended that all project officers are provided with proper training in cash flow based lending. A brief structure of the type of training covering 5Cs of credit to be provided is given in ANNEXURE 05 4.9.2. Lack of Proper Guidelines on Credit Appraisal: Proper written guidelines/formats to be used in collection of data/information and credit appraisal are required to ensure the quality of credit appraisal. REDCL has no credit manual giving guidelines on credit appraisal and it has published some basic guidelines which are not adequate to ensure a proper appraisal. The examination of a representative sample of credit appraisal reports of RDCL reveals several information gaps such as verifications of assumptions used in projections, proper calculation of project cost, estimation of working capital and market assessment. In

59

order to guide the credit officers on what information they should collect before taking in hand the credit appraisal and also to guide them on areas and aspects to be covered in the appraisal report, it is essential to use a comprehensive appraisal format. Depending on the loan size and the type, two to three different appraisal formats could be developed and used. An appraisal format suggested is given in ANNEXURE 06. Since the new CSI Bank is to finance even expansion of existing businesses too, the suggested format covers existing businesses too. 4.9.3. Lack of Credit Risk Management Tools at Loan Origination: The credit risk management is to be done at all stages of the “life cycle “of a loan. The first stage of life cycle of a loan is loan origination. The credit risk management should start here. The Proper and scientific selection of borrowers at the application stage is essential to prevent selecting potential defaulters. Most banks adopt credit scoring systems or risk rating systems for the preliminary screening to eliminate risky potential defaulters. Credit scoring is mostly used by MFIs while banks/financial institutions lending to SMEs use system of risk rating of clients. The risk rating systems are scientific in selecting good borrowers as against judgmental approaches used in client identification. At present the procedures followed by REDCL in client identification is highly judgmental and this could be one reason for high NPLs and for high rate of rejections. Un-scientific or judgmental criteria used in screening of loan applications could result in rejecting some good applications and selecting bad applications. In the future, REDCL not only will undertake financing of micros, but also it will undertake financing of SMEs too. REDCL also plans to achieve self-sufficiency from the sixth year of becoming a CSI Bank. Introducing a comprehensive risk rating system to identify good borrowers would help in reducing future NPLs. The format to be used in risk rating of existing businesses and guidelines on how to use the format are given in ANNEXURES 07 and 07A respectively. This format is not suitable for startup businesses. A separate format to be used for start-ups and the guidelines on how to use this format are given in ANNEXURES 08 and 08 A respectively. 4.9.4. Lack of Loan Supervision: Lending portfolio of REDCL is highly infected. The PAR > 30 days is 35% and the NPL > 90 days was around 18%. For a financial institution aiming at sustainability, this ratio is too high. The national average of NPL in Bhutan for 2018 was 11.5%. One reason for high infection ratio is lack of supervision of disbursed loans. Although the number of loans per loan officer is low at around 130 per loan officer, loan officers have no time for loan supervision due to their heavy involvement of recoveries and also due to distance to the client places from the branch and the distance in between client places. In some branches the number of loans per loans officer is much higher than the average for REDCL due to uneven distribution of loans among branches. Less supervision may result in misuse of funds and relaxing the need to service loans by borrowers enhancing the possibility defaults. Frequent visits and meetings with borrowers will reduce the probability of defaults. According to guidelines of Consultative Group to Assist poor (CGAP), the apex body for MFIs, the ratio should be around 300 to 400 per loans officer depending on the nature of the country. These norms are not applicable or relevant to Bhutan due to very high distance in between clients and between branch offices and clients. In the case REDCL

60

a realistic norm is to be developed taking in to account the fact that a branch is managed only by one officer. He/she has to attend to several other activities in the branch in addition to lending. 4.9.5 Low Financial Literacy of Clients: The entirety of the clientele of REDCL is from rural informal sector. Most of them are without formal education and are illiterate. Although large scale borrowers of other financial institutions are capable of managing their money matters most micro entrepreneurs financed by MFIs are incapable of doing so and poor financial management results in financial difficulties for the business. Although it is mandatory that all MFIs provide to their customers financial literacy training as a prerequisite for borrowing, REDCL at present does not provide such training to its customers as pre-requisite for borrowing. Financial literacy of Bhutanese entrepreneurs, particularly, among MSME entrepreneurs is very low and most of them are financially illiterate. To remedy this issue RMA has setup a separate secretariat to be responsible for promoting financial literacy among entrepreneurs. Since MSMEs are playing an important role in the economic development of any nation, the success of such enterprises is essential for the economic growth. The success or otherwise of a MSME would depend largely on the financial literacy level of the owner of the business. Low financial literacy among entrepreneurs result in high number of business failures and also a large number of loans taken by them falling in to NPL category. The financial literacy of an entrepreneur is measured in terms of the entrepreneurs’ understanding of basic financial concepts such as interest rates, Compound interest ,Inflation, risk diversification, his knowledge in legal and regulatory matters, record keeping ,budgeting and his skills in raising funding from outside sources at minimum cost. When lending to microenterprises by MFIs, they make it a prerequisite that potential borrowers should undergo a two to three day financial literacy training program. MFIs in Bhutan follow this practice in providing financial literacy programs for micro entrepreneurs. Financial literacy programs provided are in two parts; first part is class room training provided prior to lending and the second part during the operation of the business which is known as: mentoring”. It is recommended that BDBL develop a financial literacy program and mentoring program for its MSME Customers. Undergoing this training may be made compulsory. The main topics, inter alia, that should be covered in a training program would be:

➢ Basic principles of money management ➢ Managing cash flows ➢ Building assets ➢ Interfacing with formal and informal financial institution ➢ Dealing with special challenges ➢ Earning money ➢ Record keeping and understanding of financial records ➢ Risk Diversification ➢ Online banking and usage of mobile phones for Banking

61

Even after becoming a CSI bank, RDCL will provide non-collateralized loans and where possible it will take project assets as collateral. The risk of such non-collateralized loans and loans granted only against the assets financed with loan proceeds, would be higher in the future as the maximum loan amount would go up to Nu10.0 (present limit is only Nu 500,000).One way to minimize such risk is to resort to group lending where “peer pressure” could be used in recoveries. If CSI bank is to undertake group lending the first step would be the development of a comprehensive operational manual together with necessary forms, formats and guidelines. Some guidelines to introduce (currently REDCL offer group loans on a very limited scale) group lending are given in ANNEXURE 13. 4.9.6. Lack of Professional Business Development Support Services (BDS) for CSIs: The credit to the CSI sector including rural informal activity sector is an important component of the rural credit offered by the financial sector. The Government believes that the CSI sector is the engine of growth and hence the sector growth is essential for an inclusive economic growth. Although the CSI sector accounts for nearly 95% of the country’s business units, it has received only 14% of the total credit of the Banking sector. The growth in the CSI sector to a large extent depends on the availability of professional Business Development Support (BDS) Services. Almost all CSIs require professional BDS services to sustain and grow their businesses as most CSI entrepreneurs are not conversant with all aspects of business management. BDS required by CSIs includes a wide array of services such as preparation of feasibility studies, assistance to start-up businesses, training on entrepreneurship, HR management, technologies and marketing. Discussions with CSI entrepreneurs and bankers revealed that the status of BDS services at present is not at a desired level and it needs improvements. What the financial institutions could do to develop BDS Services is limited and it is the responsibility of authorities to set up a “One Stop Shop” to Provide BDS services. Multilateral development agencies could consider providing TA assistance the government to set up such a facility. The consultant has personally involved in a few such facilities financed by multilateral development agencies and operated by public entities in collaboration with lending institutions. For increasing the rural outreach and also to improve the quality of the rural lending portfolios of rural lenders it is essential to develop a professional system of BDS Services. There are various options available to create a system of BDS Services. One option available for REDCL and BDBL is to set up their own systems of DBS as a fee levying financial service or both institutions to team up with Department of Cottage and Small Industry (CSI) and set up a public sector entity to provide professional BDS Services at a subsidized fee to CSIs. The government Departments may not be able to provide professional DBS Services on their own direct to CSIs. Although, there are several public sector entities and NGOs providing these services in Bhutan at present, there are huge gaps in the demand and supply of such services and also quality of such services provided by current suppliers.

4.10. BRANCH AND CLIENT VISITS: The Consultant visited two branches of REDCL on 26th and 27th of November and met several clients of these branches. All the clients were met at their business premises. Observation made during the branch visits and client meetings are summarized below:

62

4.10.1. REDCL Brach - Phunaka: Branch has only one officer and I met him in the field. The total portfolio of the branch is Nu 30 Mn representing 164 borrowers. The percentage of NPL portfolio is 14.5% representing 15 borrowers. Loans are mainly for agriculture. Branch undertakes only individual lending. The maximum loan per borrower is Nu 500,000 and loans are granted only against personal guarantees and other collateral is not required. Meetings were held with three borrowers. One borrower (male) who has borrowed Nu 95,869 is engaged in dairy farming, horticulture and vegetable cultivation. The purpose of the loan was to purchase two cows. His loan has been in arrears for about four months as he has spent money in the business to meet family expenditure. The second borrower (female) who is engaged in horticulture has been granted a loan of Nu 118,904 for land preparation and fencing. This loan is regular. The third client (male) we met has been granted a loan of Nu 87,576 engaged in vegetable cultivation. Loan given to the agriculture project is regular. The loan granted to the borrower involved in vegetable cultivation was in arrears for 11 months as he has been experiencing difficulties in selling his products.

4.10.2. REDCL Branch - Wongdue: Only one officer in the branch and met her in the field. The branch has a total portfolio of Nu 66 Mn representing 361 customers. Loans are mainly for agriculture. NPL ratio of the branch is 12.79% and 35 borrowers are in arrears. I met four borrowers. The details of the borrowers are given below:

63

Client Loan (NU) Activity Purpose Status

Client 01 223,796 Agriculture Purchase of a hand tractor/tiller Regular (Female) Client 02 499,024 Poultry Construction of sheds and purchase of Irregular (Male) Farming 50,000 birds Misuse of funds Client 03 446,283 Piggery Construction of sheds and buy 10 pig Regular (Male) lings Client 04 499,406 dairy Purchase five cows Regular (Female) Client 05 100,000 Dairy To purchase two cows Regular (Female) Source: REDCL

4.10.3. Observation of the Consultant During Branch and Client Visits: • Most of the loans are for agriculture • Inadequate skills among loan officers for cash flow based lending and they are straight from college/university without formal training • Very high NPL mainly due to lack of post disbursement supervision • Most borrowers consider loans as a grant from the government as loans are at very low rate of 4% and REDCL is a fully government organization • Inadequate staffing in branches results in low outreach and low quality portfolio • Poor financial literacy of clients • Inadequate Business Development Support Services (BDS) to support borrowers to manage their businesses.

4.11. CONCLUSION: The following Conclusions were derived from the above diagnostic study of REDCL: i. The Business Model followed by REDCL at present is completely different from other MFIs in Bhutan and in other countries ii. The Business Model Followed by REDCL is not sustainable and viable. iii. Project officers in the field and also in the head office lacks proper project appraisal skills and this is one of the reasons for high NPL iv. Lack of frequent supervision of disbursed loans is also a reason for high NPL v. Outreach achieved from inception for nearly three years with 20 branches is low and up to date the number of loans granted is 3,744. vi. No credit risk rating measures used at the time of loan initiation vii. Poor financial literacy of clients

64

5. PART FOUR – STRATAGIES PROPOSED FOR BDBL

5.1. INTRODUCTION: BDBL is the key financial institution in Bhutan entrusted with the task of providing financial services to the CSI sector and rural farming households. The diagnostic study carried out on BDBL revealed that it could have performed much better if not for the impediments and constraints faced by it. Some strategies are recommended here to remedy the impediments and constraints faced by BDBL in improving its rural finance activities. The following paragraphs described these strategies.

5.2. STRATEGY ONE - IMPROVING CAPITAL ADEQUACY: The capital adequacy of BDBL has deteriorated over the period and in 2017 it was below the RMA stipulated ratio of 12.5% (inclusive of capital conservation buffer of 2.5%) and CAR in 2018 was just meeting the statutory requirement. In order to grow its lending business and to fulfill requirements of RMA, the Bank needs additional capital without which moving forward is difficult. As 96% of the capital is owned by RGoB and the balance 4% is also directly or indirectly owned by the Government through public sector, wholly or partially owned, financial institutions namely, RICB, BOB and BNB, it is incumbent upon the government to inject new capital using its own funds or through funds to be raised from a multilateral development agency such as ADB. It is understood that the government has budgetary constraints in injecting funds to BDBL. If this option is not feasible, the government needs to consider the other option of inviting a strategic investor to take up a minority equity stake in the Bank or list a minority shareholding of the Bank in the Bhutanese Stock Exchange retaining the controlling interest with RGoB. Injection of new capital will also resolve two problems of BDBL namely lack of funds for lending and cost of funds. At present, all the directors of BDBL are ex-government officials or serving government officials at very senior levels from different government departments. There are no independent directors with exposure to private sector business management or with exposure to private sector banking. Divesture of part of equity could bring one or two directors with private sector exposure. This is strategic decision; the Government of Bhutan has to take. The trend all over the world is that the governments to fully privatize government owned development banks a divest at least minority interest in such banks to attract private investments and private sector managerial inputs .Good examples in the Region are originally government owned Industrial Development Corporation of India (IDBI),Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India(ICICI) , National Development Bank of Sri Lanka,(NDB) and Development Finance Corporation of Ceylon (DFCC). All these institutions started as government owned DFIs and subsequently privatized or publically listed. 5.3. STRATEGY TWO - MEASURES PROPOSED TO INCREASE THE RURAL FINANCE CREDIT OUTREACH: Although the accounts outreach of the BDBL is very high reaching around 40% of the adult population, the outreach in the credit market is very low at around 10%. For a bank which has been in existence for a period of around 30 years, the credit outreach is very low when compared with the unbanked credit market ‘of 84% of the total credit market. The reasons for low credit outreach of BDBL are the inability of most

65

potential borrowers to offer tangible collateral and lack of proactive marketing of credit products by credit officers due to heavy workload. There are various ways of increasing the rural outreach by BDBL. The strategies recommended to be followed by BDBL in increasing the rural outreach is described in the following paragraphs. 5.3.1. Revitalization of Group Lending: While the rationale behind the establishment of BDBL was to provide financial services particularly in rural Bhutan, until 1988, not many farmers, particularly poor farmers benefited from the credit schemes of the Bank as potential borrowers in the farming community produce tangible collateral of significant economic value commensurate with the value of the loans they wish to borrow. Hence the rural farmers who were in need of credit were depending on rural money lenders at exorbitant rates of interest. In order to increase the accessibility financial services of rural poor farmers, BDBL in 1998 introduced non-collateralized group lending on Grameen model. In a country like Bhutan where lending is mainly done based on collateral and acceptable collateral cannot be offered by most of the potential borrowers, the way out is to undertake group lending in large scale. Although BDBL commenced offering group loans since 1998, the product has not been properly marketed and offered. It is the only credit product offered by BDBL at present free of collateral and potential borrowers who do not possess tangible collateral should have resorted for group loans in large numbers. Surprisingly this has not happened. The lending under the group lending scheme had been very marginal. As at present, out of the total number of loans of 52,982 only 1704 are group loans, representing only 3.2% of the borrowers and the share of portfolio was only 1.02%. The quality of the group lending portfolio is much better than that of the collateralized individual loan portfolio. The NPL ratio of the total Nu value of group loan portfolio was 7.31% while the overall NPL ratio of the Nu value of the total portfolio was 24.3 %. Of the total borrowers 15.97% had been infected while only 8.4% of the Group borrowers are infected. This clearly shows that group lending is of high quality and BDBL should actively promote and pursue group lending. Lack of promotion and reluctance on the part of the credit officers had resulted in very low level of group lending portfolio. Some guidelines to revitalize the group lending are given in ANNEXURE 10. BDBL may use these guidelines to supplement the guidelines given in the Group Lending Manual. Although, there is an Operational Manual on group lending activity, BDBL has not been able to push this product. At present out of 35 branches, only 18 branches have undertaken group lending and with the revitalization all branches should be required to handle group loans. It is recommended that BDBL to consider appointing a group loan officer to each branch and targets be given to them on the number of group loans to be granted from that branch. It is also necessary to re-launch the product through a proper marketing campaign. All group loan officers to be provided with a proper training on group lending. Some Guide Lines to re-launch group lending are given in ANNEXURE 13) 5.3.2. Making Use of Community Centers to Increase BDBLs Rural Outreach and Social Mobilization: The Government of Bhutan established a mechanism in 2012 to deliver Government-to-Citizen (G2C) services to the general public efficiently in one venue. Community Centers (CC) were set up in Gewogs to implement this program. Originally, the

66

Government selected Bhutan Post to manage the community centers for five years. All government services to the general public such as issuance of Citizen Identity cards, registration of births, name changes, registration of deaths, and approval for construction/reconstruction of houses, business registrations and several more online services are delivered through the Service Centers. The Community Centers also provide off- line services such as photocopying and printing to the community at nominal charge. For administrative purposes, the country is divided in to 205 Gewogs (group of villages) and each Gewog has an elected community leader. As at date, community centers have been set up in 200 Gewogs. After few years of operations, the Government decided in 2015 to transfer the management of Community centers to BDBL as it is in a better position to deliver financial services which was most needed at that time. The Management of CCs was transferred to BDBL in March 2015. The Bank has appointed one officer each to a community center to run its operations. Centers provide 18 types of online Non-Government to Citizen (Non-G2C) and 43 types of Government to Citizens (G2C) services and 28 offline services to the citizens. The operations of Centers are not financially sustainable as fees charged are not adequate to cover the operational costs incurred in providing it services. The profitability of the overall performance branches is shown in the following table:

Year Total Income from Total Operational cost Overall Profit/(loss) All CCs(Nu 000) Of all CCs(Nu 000) (Nu 000) 2015 3,573 20,240 (16,666) 2016 4,681 32,314 (27,632)

2017 5,813 34,705 (28,891) 2018 4,506 31,899 (27,393) Source: BDBL From the date of takeover of the management of CCs, BDBL has incurred a total cost Nu 119,158 for managing these CCs and have earned only Nu 18,573 by providing services. The fees charged is not adequate to meet the cost of services provided. The cost recovery is only 16%. The BDBL should make an attempt to achieve at least Break-Even status of the center operations. It is recommended that BDBL undertakes center wise profitability analysis comparing the fees charged by private service providers for the type of services provided by CCs and come up with recommendation to achieve the sustainability of the centers as a separate profit center. The analysis of center wise profitability is not possible at present as BDBL does not prepare accounts on individual Community Centers. The BDBL may use a team of its officials preferably from the Finance Department and carry out this center wise profitability and carry out a survey on market rates on types services provided. There are some G2C services which are not provided by private sector service providers where market rates are not available and in such cases BDBL team to undertake costing of

67

such services. Based on the finding of this analysis BDBL to revised fees to an extent at least each CC is achieved Break Even Status. BDBL could also use the CCs for social mobilization through which the rural communities could be economically and socially developed. Social mobilization aims to facilitate change in achieving goals for a community through an interdisciplinary approach. Through the organization of the potential banking customers in to groups, the BDBL could assist the members of the community to achieve more than access to credit. The Bank at present uses these community Centers in a limited way to deliver its banking services to the community. The Bank should make use of the community centers to their full potential to enhance the Bank’s rural outreach. Since, CCs have a presence in 200 Gewogs out of 205 Gewogs and BDBL is responsible for managing the Centers, it could effectively use these centers to expand its outreach. As mentioned elsewhere in this report, a proposal has been made to revitalize the group lending activity of the bank. In this exercise BDBL to make use of all its branches and the community centers. The strategy recommended by the Consultant how to make use of CCs in expanding the rural outreach is step by step description is given below: i. A new operational manual on group lending based on the current manual and the Guidelines on Group Lending given in the report is to be developed ii. BDBL to request managers of all branches that they should promote group lending through their respective branches. iii. Designate one of the credit officers of the branch as Group Lending Officer. iv. A separate business unit within the Credit Department under General Manager Credit to be responsible for Group Lending through branches. v. The Branch Managers and the Group Lending officers of branches to work together with Staff of the CCs coming under the purview of the branch. Each branch will have around 5-7 CCs coming under its management. CCs are to be basis for lending the revitalize Group Lending Program. vi. All branch managers, credit officers and CC staff are to be well trained on group lending methodology. An outside trainer with extensive experience is to use for this training vii. Group Lending Officer in the branch is to be given a target as one of his/her Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). It is recommended that each Branch Group Lending Officer is to be given a target of at least one group per two months (six groups per annum per Gewog) to be formed in each Gewog coming under the respective branches. Since BDBL operates in 200 Gewogs, it could form at least 100 groups per month in 200 Gewogs. On this basis during the first round of launch of the new group lending program, all branches should be able to form 1200 groups per annum initially. If the average size of a group is assumed to be 4, the total number of group borrowers would be 4800. The membership of these groups should be opened to

68

every one irrespective of the gender or social background. This target could be increased gradually during ensuing years. viii. BDBL may launch group lending as a new product terming it as a “Collateral Free Loan) through a country wide campaign. ix. For the purpose of accounting Group Loans should be treated as a separate profit Centre. x. The loan size to be increased from current level of Nu 300,000 to Nu 500,000. xi. Administrative cost of group loans is higher than that of individual large loans. Therefore, it is justifiable to increase the lending rate of group loans from the current level of 10% per annum to a rate around 24% per annum or 2% per month. Micro entrepreneurs are more concern about the easy access to finance rather than cost of finance. If there is no easy accessibility to credit from the formal banking sector to them, the other option available to them is to borrow from village money lenders in the informal financial sector, at exorbitant rates of interest, may be at around 5- 10% per month. All other private sector MFIs charge 2% per month on their micro credit. In the microfinance sector microfinance entrepreneurs. xii. A micro savings product is also to be launch linking it to micro lending program. It should be make mandatory that micro borrowers to deposit at least 10% of their monthly installment in a “Savings Build- up Account”. xiii. In implementing the new group lending program, BDBL may pay special attention to the vulnerable groups in the community. In today’s context in Bhutan the most vulnerable groups in the community are Women and Youths. Offering preferential treatment to women, the rural finance institutions could enhance their rural outreach and the country could increase its financial inclusion. This will improve the social impact of their operations. Providing financial services to these two groups Strategies to follow in providing financial services to these two groups, BDBL may follow the following methodology:

5.3.3. Lending to Women Groups: As a group, are at a disadvantages position when compared with men. According to the data of the National Statistical Bureau of Bhutan, the total population of the country amounted to 763,094 (2017) of which women accounted for 47.85%. The national Literacy rate (2017) was 71.4% and women literacy rate was below the national average and in 2017 it was at 63.9%. According to the 16th Labor Force Survey Report (2018), the national labor force participation (economically active population 15 years and over) rate of the country was 62.6% while the labor force participating rate of women was 55.5% while the rate for men was 70.1%. The total economically in-active population (2017-National Statistics Bureau) was 185,694 and of which 64.47% was women and 38.8% were men. 64.47% of adults in Bhutan have a savings account with a bank, 56 % of which are male and 44% are female. Similarly, of the 16% of adults who have access to credit, 54 percent are male and 46 percent are female. Of the 17% of adults who have insurance, 59%t are male and 41% percent are female. Of the total borrowers of BDBL, 60% are men

69

while only 40% are women. The above statistics clearly indicates that as a group women are in a disadvantage position and there is a need to initiate some measures to narrow the economic gaps between men and women. In order play a role in promoting economic activities of women, it is recommended that BDBL make use of its proposed group lending scheme through Community Centers to provide access to credit to women micro entrepreneurs .As mentioned above, Branch Group Lending officers are to be given a target of 100 groups per month or 1200 per annum to be formed , BDBL should make it mandatory that of the 1200 groups to be formed in 200 Gewogs during the initial year at least 400 groups should be exclusively for women. If the average group size is four members, this wills help1600 women entrepreneurs to access credit. A reduction of 2% to 3% on the rate of other group loans is to be considered for group loans to women to encourage women entrepreneurship. 5.3.4 Lending to Unemployed Youth: Another vulnerable group in Bhutan is youth of the age group of 14-24. This group accounts for18.40% of the population (2017) and the literacy rate of the group is as high as 93.1% when the national literacy rate is 71.4%. While the national unemployment rate of the country in 2017 was 3.4%, the unemployment rate among youth has been 15.7%. Most of these unemployed youth are with high educational qualifications. Of the total youth unemployment 37.1% has completed secondary higher education followed by middle secondary 29.3% and bachelor degree 19%. Most educated youth seek employment in the public sector where the job opportunities are limited. The unemployment among youth is a serious social and political issue and youth unrest is a threat to political stability. A remedy is urgently required. Creating opportunities for self- employment is desirable as a solution to youth unemployment. BDBL could get involved in this process through its proposed group lending scheme using the community Centers. It is recommended that BDML make it compulsory that each community center form at least one group exclusively for youth per annum for youth to commence businesses. On this basis, 200 groups per annum could be formed through the 200 Community Centers. Providing collateral free credit with easy access would motivate unemployed youth to commence business ventures. The rate applicable to group loans to youths could be reduced to about 18% per annum or to 1.5% per month to motivate youth. 5.4. STRATEGY THREE - INTRODUCTION OF NEW PRODUCTS TO IMPROVE RURAL CREDIT: Another way of increasing the rural credit outreach is to introduce new fund based and fee based financial products, in addition to the credit products the BDBL offers at present. A brief description of these products is given below:

5.4.1. Leasing-Equipment and vehicles: Equipment Leasing for CSIs, vehicle leasing for public transport, personal use and industrial use. This product is attractive particularly to rural households who cannot offer immovable assets as collateral to borrow from banks. Lease is an agreement between two parties whereby one party allows the other party to use his/her asset for a certain period of time in exchange for a periodic fee. The assets covered in leases are usually movable assets such as plant& Machinery, vehicles, Aircraft and ships. The receiver of an asset under a lease agreement is called the “Lessee” and the owner of

70

the asset is called the “Lessor”. A lease is a legal contract and thus enforceable by all parties under the contract law. There are basically 3 types of leases.

➢ Finance Leases: a long term lease where the ownership of the leased asset transfers to the lessee at the end of the lease period at a nominal price. All risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the asset are with the lessee. ➢ Operating Leases: a short term lease where the lessor retains all risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the asset. Lessor retains the ownership at all times. This method of leasing is mainly used for the acquisition fleets of vehicles. ➢ “Sale and Lease back” Leases: this is a variation of the finance leases with almost all features of a finance lease. Sale and lease back is a financial transaction where one sells an asset and lease it back for a long term paying a periodic fee. Existing businesses with unencumbered fixed assets can borrow from banks for their working capital requirement through this method of leasing 5.4.2. Leasing for high - end consumer durables for rural households with regular or seasonal incomes: It is a sign of economic development that more and more households purchase consumer durables to improve the living standards of the households and to change the life style of people. The consumer durables consist of durable goods and appliances for domestic use such as refrigerators, air conditioners and washing machines. Products that aren't consumed or quickly disposed and goods that could be used for several years are durable goods and also called hard goods. Consumer durables are also grouped under three categories namely white goods, Brown goods and consumer electronics. White goods are Refrigerators, Washing machines, Air-conditioners, Speakers and Audio equipment. Brown goods are Mixers, Grinders, Microwave ovens, Iron, Electric fans, Cooking range Chimneys, Consumer electronics are Mobile phones, Televisions, MP3 players, DVD players and VCD players. As most of the leases of consumer durables would be” small ticket leases”, BDBL could consider simplifying the approval procedure and introduce a simple credit scoring system to screen the applications for leases for consumer durables. Guidelines for the Credit Scoring system for leasing of vehicles and consumer durable leases are given in ANNEXURE 14

5.4.3. Venture capital/Seed capital for sustainable CSIs who are experiencing shortages of equity capital: One of the main impediments for the growth of the SME sector in developing countries is the lack of risk capital or the seed capital. Venture capital by banks could be provided only to limited liability companies and banks could encourage their potential customers to carry out their businesses under limited liability framework. If the client of BDBL who is in need of funding is a limited liability company, the BDBL has two options in providing venture capital. One option is to invest in ordinary shares like the owners of the business sharing risk and return equally with the owners. Most banks in their venture investments prefer to reduce the risk with a guarantee of a minimum return. The mechanism to reduce the risk and ensure a minimum return is to invest in Redeemable

71

Cumulative Preference Shares with a fixed Coupon Rate. This is a hybrid venture capital product with features of debt and equity. Risk to the investor is relatively less than that of the ordinary share investments. The advantages of Preference Share Investments to SME investee companies are threefold. First, Investee SME will start paying dividend only from the time of it starting to generate profits and hence particularly start-up SMEs will have a less financial burden during the initial years. Second, no need for collateral which is one of the serious problems faced by SMEs world over. Third, in computing debt: equity of the business, preference share investment is treated as part of equity. Procedure to be followed in making venture investments for Investment:

➢ The investment is subject to a detail appraisal of the project ➢ The appraisal officers need to identify an equity gap based on the appraisal and justify the need for institutional investment ➢ Restricted only for companies with very high growth potential and the promoters to be with undisputed integrity. ➢ The Bank to get the Articles of Association of the investee company amended specifying the rights and privileges of the Bank’s share investment. ➢ Reserve the right to appoint a nominee director.

5.4.4. Wholesale loans to sustainable MFIs through credit lines: BDBL is to expand its rural outreach as the financially excluded percentage in rural areas is very high. The credit outreach in the country is only 16%. Rural finance institutions and banks interested in getting involved in rural finance adopt two strategies to enhance their credit outreach in rural areas. One strategy is to lend direct to rural entrepreneurs and needy households and the other strategy is to lend to rural entrepreneurs and rural households through MFIs. BDBL at present follow the direct lending strategy. It is recommended that BDBL also consider following the second strategy too providing “wholesale” loans to MFIs for on lending to micro entrepreneurs. Microfinance sector in Bhutan is at its early stage of development RMA has issued license to six MFIs. These institutions are RENEW, Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs (BAOWE), Taranaya Foundation, Bhutan Care Credit (BCC), Microfinance Bhutan Private Limited and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL). For the purposes of regulating, MFIs are categorized in to two groups namely deposit taking and non-deposit taking. Only RENEW and Microfinance Bhutan Private Limited has the license to take deposits from the general public and others are involved only in micro lending. The Consultant visited and had discussions with senior management of three MFIs namely RENEW (Stands for Respect, Educate, Nurture, and Empower Women), BAOWE (Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs) and BHUTAN MICROFINANCE PRIVATE LIMITED (BMPL). It was observed during the discussions with these three MFIs and that they have sustainable operating models. Except RENEW, all other MFIs are constrained by lack of funding to expand their operations. It is recommended that BDBL initiate actions initially to work with these three institutions. All these MFIs are undertaking Group Lending.

72

In undertaking whole sale lending to MFIs, the most important activity to be carried out by BDBL is the Performance Evaluation of the MFI to be financed. It is to be done by a knowledgeable experienced microfinance practitioner using the Guidelines issued by CGAP on evaluation of MFIs covering five performance indicators namely; Outreach, Quality of Portfolio, Sustainability (OSS and FSS) and Efficiency. Whole sale lending to a MFI is to be undertaken only if the MFI’s performance is within the norms recommended by CGAP. 5.4.5. Value chain financing programs for few industry sectors/commodities: The possible sectors/commodities for introducing value chain financing programs are Fruits Industry, Dairy Farming and Potato Cultivation. Many countries use “Value Chain Financing” to enhance financial outreach and promote inclusive economic growth. Value Chain financing could be used in developing countries to develop particularly CSIs engaged in agriculture. The value chain finance is the provision of financial services to actors involved throughout the series of transactions (chain) of a particular industry that results in producing a final product and delivering it at the appropriate marketplace. During meetings with the Financial Inclusion Secretariat of RMA, it was revealed that Bhutan could make use of value chain financing mechanism to develop the agricultural sector. A study carried out by UNDP in 2016 has recommended that Agriculture Sector as suitable for developing value chain programs and has identified several agricultural commodities (including Potato, Maize, ginger ,cardamom and Dairy). Based on discussions the consultant had with several parties and based on his observations, during visits to branches and borrowing CSIs , the above four sectors are recommended for BDBL’s consideration to launch value chain financing programs initially. BDBL could work closely with financial inclusion Secretariat of RMA in developing value chain for the four products mentioned above. In a country like Bhutan the factors to be taken in to account in developing a value chain program for a product are;

➢ Productive capacity ➢ Number of beneficiaries ➢ Sustainable livelihood options ➢ Product resilient to climate conditions ➢ Degree of vulnerability to climate change ➢ Scalability of the product ➢ Geographical distribution of the commodity.

The first step to be followed by BDBL in launching a value chain for a particular product is the “Value Chain Mapping”. Value chain Mapping will show the flow of transactions from sourcing of raw materials and inputs, to production, processing, marketing and final sale. The mapping can also illustrate costs, value addition at each stage, secondary services important to each stage, critical constraints and relative clout of players along a value chan. Some factors relating to the recommended for products for value chain programs are described below;

73

i. Fruit Industry Value Chain: Different groups involved in the Fruit Industry Value Chai are i) input sellers (seeds, plants and fertilizer), ii) cultivators, iii) transporters iv) processers (such as makers of fruit juice and fruit jams) and v) traders/Exporters. The main fruits produced in commercial scale and also in home gardens are orange, walnuts, apple, apricot, peach and cherry. Processers buy from growers or through intermediaries, convert in to juice and export or sell in the local market. The problem in Bhutan is the inadequate production of fruits to support the efficient functioning of a value chain scheme. BDBL Financial institutions could step-in and form groups among the different players in the chain and provide financing to such groups of each stage of the chain including cultivators. ii. Potato Cultivation Value Chain: Potato is Bhutan Most important cash crop and almost 85% of the households in Bhutan grow potato either for export or for home consumption. Hence the potato is a very good candidate for a value chain program. The main categories of actors involved in the potato value chain would be i) seed suppliers, ii) input suppliers such as fertilizer, iii) growers, iv) contractors/middlemen v) Transporters and vi) exporters. BDBL to identify main players in each category and form them in to groups. Group loans are to be provided to the members of groups. iii. Dairy sector Value Chain: is also another sector where value chain financing could be introduced. Dairy farming in Bhutan is traditionally based on small holder system primarily subsistence-oriented mixed crop-livestock farming system. The sector is a very significant importance to the country’s rural economy and over 78% of the rural households own cattle. Dairy farming is an integral part of Bhutanese farming system producing items such as milk, butter and cheese. In a dairy value chain, the main group of actors are i) input suppliers, i) farmers (growers), iii) processers IV) Transporters and v) traders (wholesale and retail). Players under each category could be formed in to groups and group loans can be issued to group members.

BDBL needs the assistance of an expert in value chain financing initially to design and develop the value chains for the three products mentioned above. BDBL could consider obtaining TA assistance from multilateral development agencies such as World Bank, IFC, ADB, UND and USAID. BDBL could launch the Value Chain Financing Program on its own or jointly with REDCL, the other main player in rural finance. Depending on the success or otherwise of the three value Chain Programs, few more value chain programs are to be introduced.

5.4.6. Non Collateralized Loans: Guidelines on lending by BDBL clearly states that except group loans, all other types of lending should be against tangible collateral. In a country where needy borrowers could not offer tangible collateral, some exception should be available to borrow without collateral. The consultant has recommended a client risk rating system to be adopted by BDBL in assessing the risk profile of each borrower and to implement a risk based pricing system. Under this system, loan applicants are rated using a

74

scoring system in to six categories and the risk profile of loan applicants coming under each risk category are shown below:

Risk Grade Range of points Description AA 90-100 Highest quality

A 80—89 Very good quality BB 70-79 Good quality B 6 0-69 Average Quality C 50-59 Less than average quality D >40 lowest quality

Since the credit risk associated with loan applicants rated AA and A is minimal, BDBL may consider lending at least up to Nu 500,000 to individual without any tangible collateral. 5.5 STRATEGY FOUR - PROVISION OF BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TO CSIs TO PROMOTE RURAL CREDIT: The credit to the CSI sector is an important component of the rural finance offered by the financial sector. The Government believes that the CSI sector is the engine of growth and hence the sector growth is essential for an inclusive economic growth. Although, the CSI sector accounts for nearly 95% of the country’s business units, it has received only 14% of the total credit of the Banking sector. Entrepreneurial skills in Bhutan is still at very low level A recent report states that most of the entrepreneurs in Bhutan are “necessity based” entrepreneurs and not “opportunity based’ based entrepreneurs. There is a great need to improve the entrepreneurship in Bhutan, Several Government and NGO organizations have launched several programs aimed at improving entrepreneurship in Bhutan. Ministry of Human Resources and Labor under its Entrepreneurship and Self-Employment Division, Loaden Foundation, Druk Holdings and Department of Cottage and Small Industry provide some BDS services to CSIs. The Cottage and Small Industry Policy Paper 2019 of the Department of Cottage and Small Industry (DCSI) emphasizes the need for provision of support services to CSIs. Although, these institutions are engaged in providing different types of BDS Services, to improve the entrepreneurship, Bhutan needs an entity to provide comprehensive package of Business Development Services under one roof or there is a need for “one Stop Shop”. The growth in the CSI to a large extent depends on the availability of professional Business Development Support (BDS) services. Almost all CSIs require professional BDS services to sustain and grow their businesses as most CSI entrepreneurs are not conversant with all aspects of business management The types of BDS Services required by the CSI sector includes, inter alia, the following:

➢ Entrepreneur skills training

75

➢ Access to markets ➢ Provision of infrastructure such as storage& warehousing, incubators ➢ Sourcing of raw materials ➢ Information on Markets and technology ➢ Assistance in identifying viable business opportunities ➢ Preparation of Business Plans ➢ How to face competition ➢ Assistance in selecting appropriate technology ➢ Training and mentoring ➢ Book keeping ➢ Assistance to understand legal issues and ➢ Assistance in Human Resource Management.

Lenders require BDS Services to their clients to ensure their smooth functioning which will in turn help lenders in regular recoveries of loans. BDS interventions at the micro firm level can lead to enhanced economic security and incomes thus permitting micro entrepreneurs to invest in nutrition, housing, health and education of family members. Discussions with CSI entrepreneurs and bankers revealed that the status of BDS services at present is not at a desired level and it needs improvements. Considering the very high level of NPLs of BDBL and REDCL and also considering the need to improve their rural outreach, BDBL and REDCL consider commencing a BDS Services program particularly for its existing and future clients and in general to the business community in Bhutan. BDBL and REDCL have three options to commence BDS program. These three options are; Option One: Set up a separate business unit within the organization and operate it as a fee levying service Option Two: REDCL and BDBL to get together and set up a joint entity and operate the joint entity as a fee levying service Option Three: BDBL, REDCL to team up with DCSI and set up joint public sector entity and operate the joint entity as a fee levying sustainable entity.

The Consultant’s preferred option is Option Three. The government may negotiate a Technical Assistance (TA) support facility from a multilateral development agency to setup a “one stop shop” to provide BDS services to CSIs. In other countries, BDS services are either done by governments or by public private partnerships or entirely by the private sector on sustainable basis. In establishing the BDS Service entity on a sustainable basis, the following factors are to be kept in mind: i. Necessity for targeting through a market assessment ii. Necessity for a predominantly rural development approach iii. The necessity to operate the program on sustainable basis

76

iv. The necessity use high quality human resources with private sector mentality for BDS facilitation and delivery v. Necessity to have system to monitoring and evaluation of the results of BDS that have been delivered.

In order to motivate BDBL customers to seek the BDBs services, a subsidy on the rates to be charged is to be offered to BDBL customers and the Bank to educate its customers on the benefit of BDS Services. The BDS Services to deserving clients are to be provided free of charge initially and then at a subsidized rate. Once the confidence of beneficiaries is build up BDS services are to be provided at market rates,

5.6. STRATEGY FIVE - IMPROVING CREDIT APPRAISAL SKILLS: Inadequate skills among the credit officers in credit appraisal appear to be one of the main reasons of high NPL. Skills Gap Analysis carried out on credit staff of BDBL also reveals that there is a need to improve the credit skills of BDBL staff. Most of the credit officers of BDBL have no experience and training in cash flow based lending. It was observed that most of the borrowers have defaulted on their loans due to cash flow difficulties. At present, the credit staff consists of 76 credit officers and 112 credit assistants. Only very few of them have undergone professional credit training programs. Most of the SME clients financed/to be financed by BDBL do not maintain proper books of accounts and also do not make financial statements such as profit and loss statements and balance sheets. The proper training to credit officers could prevent to a great extent the “adverse selection” of borrowers and future NPLs. A proper training program based on 5Cs approach is to be carried out by a professional trainer with practical experience in banking. The classroom training is inadequate to properly train lending officers and the trainer should also provide on the job training to credit officers working with them through the entire loan initiation process working with them on actual loan applications. The services of a professional banking trainer would be required for a period of around one year. BDBL may consider obtaining TA assistance from a development agency to finance cost of the training program. An outline of a suggested training program based on 5Cs is given in ANNEXURE 05.

5.7. STRATEGY SIX - PROVIDING BETTER DOCUMENTARY GUIDELINES ON CREDIT APPRAISAL: Proper written guidelines/formats to be used in and credit appraisal are required to ensure the quality of credit appraisal. Although the Credit Manual of BDBL mentions about 5 Cs approach in credit analysis, no evidence was available to confirm that credit officers use the 5Cs approach in practice. The examination of a representative sample of credit appraisal reports reveal several information gaps such as analysis of past performance of applicants of existing businesses, computation of project cost, computation of working capital cycle, verifications of assumptions used in projections and market assessment. In order to guide the credit officers on what information they should collect before taking in hand the credit appraisal and also to guide them on areas and aspects to be covered in the appraisal report, it is essential to use a proper and comprehensive appraisal

77

formats. Depending on the loan size, two to three different forms and formats could be used. Although the current appraisal formats for microfinance loans up to about Nu 500,000 are adequate, this format for loans above 500,000 where more depth of analysis is required may not be adequate. A format suggested credit appraisal format mainly based on 5Cs approach is given in ANNEXURE 06. BDBL could simplify the format for smaller loans. 5.8 STRATEGY SEVEN - INTRODUCING CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT TOOLS AT LOAN ORIGINATION: The credit risk management is to be done at all stages of the “lifecycle” of a loan. The first stage of the lifecycle of a loan is loan origination. The credit risk management should start here. The Proper and scientific selection of borrowers at the application stage is essential to prevent selecting potential defaulters. Most banks adopt credit risk rating systems for the preliminary screening to eliminate risky potential defaulters. Introducing a comprehensive risk rating system to identify good borrowers would help in reducing future NPLs. The following risk rating system is recommended for adoption by BDBL to be used as a credit risk rating tool at the time of loan origination. It is proposed to adopt two risk rating systems, one for existing businesses and the other for start-ups. The risk rating system proposed for BDBL consist of two broad risk categories and five risk grading. Two broad risk categories are quantitative and qualitative. The weightages given to these two categories are 60 points out of a total of 100 points for quantitative risk category and 40 points for qualitative risk category. The number of points to be given for qualitative factors will largely depend on the lending officer's judgments and this can be highly subjective.

Most of the borrowers of BDBL will not have formally prepared financial statements. However, they will have some records indicating the operational and financial performance of their businesses. During the credit appraisal, credit officers are required to construct profit and loss statements and balance sheets for potential borrowers who do not have financial statements. The calculation is based on financial statements submitted by the client or constructed by the BDBL credit officer for a period of at least two years. Scoring/points recommended for each performance indicator is shown below.

Criterion Maximum Points a) Type of financial accounts provided 5 b) Growth in turnover 5 c) Growth in GP/Sales Ratio 5 d) Growth in NP/Sales Ratio 5 e) Growth in Profit before tax 7 f) Current ratio 7 d) Debt: Equity ratio 5

78

e) Debt service cover ratio 8 f) Repayment record (As per CRIB) 8 g) Account/facility conduct 5 Total 60

Qualitative: Assigning of points for qualitative aspect of the business is to be done jointly by the Branch Manager and the Branch Credit Officer based on their judgment.

Criterion Maximum Points

a) Industry - Current position 5 - Future prospects 5

b) Market position of the firm 10

c) Management 10

d) Business history 10

Total 40

Based on the above risks rating system, it is proposed BDBL adopts the following risk grades.

Risk Grade Range of points Description AA 90-100 Highest quality A 80—89 Very good quality

BB 70-79 Good quality B 6 0-69 Average Quality C 50-59 Less than average quality

D >40 lowest quality

Based on the above scores, the credit applications received from the potential borrowers will be assigned one of the 6 risk grades described above, depending on the risk profile of each potential borrower. Credit applications rated first four risk grades (AA, A, BB, and B) will be accepted for further processing and credit applications with other two risk grades (D and C) will be rejected. Category C and D will be used only to transfer loans after annual review. The recommended format with the explanatory notes for risk rating of potential borrowers is given in ANNEXURE 07 and ANNEXURE 07 (A) respectively.

79

Risk rating system for start-ups: The risk rating system can be used only for existing businesses. BDBL also finance start-ups and therefore there is a need for a different risk rating system to risk rate the credit applications from the start-ups. The risk rating system recommended above is not suitable for start-ups and hence a different format to be used for start-ups. The risk elements to be included in the proposed risk rating for start-ups include the followings 1. Strengths of Promoters 2. Project Risk 3. Management/Directorate 4. Debt: Equity on Completion 5. Industry Status 6. Marketing Arrangements

The suggested Risk Rating Format with explanatory notes for the Start-ups is given in ANNEXURES 08 and 08 (A) respectively. The proposed risk rating systems will have six grades. The suggested six grades and range of points for each risk grade are given below:

Risk Grade Range of points Description

AA 90-100 Highest quality

A 80—89 Very good quality

BB 70-79 Good quality B 6 0-69 Average Quality C 50-59 Less than average quality D <40 Lowest quality

Only the prospective borrowers rated AA, A, BB and B will be considered for granted loans. Category C and D will be used only to transfer loans after annual review.

5.9. STRATEGY EIGHT - IMPROVING LOAN SUPERVISION: Lending portfolio of BDBL is highly infected. The PAR >30 days was 42.9% and the > 90 days was 31.58%. One reason for high infection ratios is the very high ratio of number of loans per loans officer. Higher number of loans per loans officer make it difficult for loans officers to monitor the post disbursement performance of borrowers. Less supervision may result in misuse of funds and relaxing the need to service loans by borrowers enhancing the possibility defaults. According

80

to guidelines of Consultative Group to Assist poor (CGAP), the apex body for MFIs, the ratio should be around 350 to 400 per loans officer. In South Asian Countries the ratio was 400 in 2012. These norms are not applicable or relevant to Bhutan due to very high distance in between clients and between branch offices and clients. The credit function of BDBL is managed by 76 credit officers and 112 credit Assistants. Credit officers are responsible for loan initiation, approval, disbursement, loan supervision and recoveries. Credit assistance helps the loan officers in performing the above duties. If only loans officers are considered as responsible for above activities, the number of loans per loans officer works out to be 725 which is very high in terms of any norm. If credit assistants are also considered, the ratio works out to be 289. It was observed that credit files are distributed unevenly. Some officers handle around 700-800 files while some handles much less than that. Considering the distance in between clients and the distance between the branch and the client, both above ratios seem highly excessive. Taking the loans officers and Credit Assistants as one group, more realistic ratio of 200-250 loans per officer is recommended as part of the strategy to improve the loan supervision and reaching to new clients. The suggested number is based on the views expressed by the officers involved in credit. A mechanism is required to review the number of loans per credit officer at regular intervals and make necessary adjustments to maintain the ratio suggested. The current ratio of Loan files per Loan officer is given in ANNEXURE 09.

5.10. STRATEGY NINE - DIVERSIFYING FUNDING BASE: The profitability of BDBL has been declining over the period. One of the main reasons for the declining profitability is the increasing cost of interest as a percentage of Gross Interest Income of BDBL. The cost of interest as a percentage of gross interest income has continuously increased from 49% in 2014 to 68% in 2018. This ratio for the entire banking sector was 43% in 2014 and 45% in 2018. While the ratio of BDBL has increased by 19% during the five year period under review, the ratio of the banking sector has increased only by 2%. The funding for the lending of BDBL has come entirely from the customer deposits. The credit to deposit ratio of BDBL had been 94.29% (as per old GAAP). When compared with other commercial banks, BDBL appears to be experiencing difficulties in mobilizing deposits at comparable rates with other commercial banks. At present BDBL have no outside borrowings like other development banks in developing countries at concessionary rates of interest. Being a development bank catering mainly to CSIs and rural farming households with an average loan size of around US$ 58,000, BDBL would be in a strong position to mobilize funding from multilateral development agencies such as the World Bank, Asian Development Bank, KfW (a German development agency, FMO (a Dutch development agency), Bank for International Co- operation and from other socially oriented international investors. BDBL should make a concerted effort together with the Government to generate funding from the sources mentioned above at concessionary rates. Most of these lenders and investors extend funding in foreign currency and the exchange risk could be managed by adopting a proper hedging mechanism.

81

5.11. STRATEGY TEN - IMPROVING FINANCIAL LITERACY OF CLIENTS: Out of about 54,000+ clients of BDBL only around 70 clients are corporates and the majority of the balance is rural based CSIs and rural households. Although, the corporate clients are capable of managing its finances, the rural clients are not capable of doing so. BDBL needs to consider providing two types of financial literacy programs to its clients; one is the financial literacy training for potential borrowers under its Group Lending Program which is mandatory. Even at present, BDBL provide this training. One of the reasons for better quality of the group lending portfolio is the provision of financial literacy training. However, the percentage of borrowers falling under this category is just around 3% of the total borrowers and percentage of corporate clients is even less than 1%. The BDBL at present does not provide the larger percentage of rural borrowers who do not fall either in to Group Loan category or corporate loan category. Financial literacy of Bhutanese entrepreneurs, particularly, among MSME entrepreneurs is very low and most of them are financially illiterate. To remedy this issue RMA has setup a separate secretariat to be responsible for promoting financial literacy among entrepreneurs. Since MSMEs are playing an important role in the economic development of any nation, the success of such enterprises is essential for the economic growth. The success or otherwise of a MSME would depend largely on the financial literacy level of the owner of the business. Low financial literacy among entrepreneurs result in high number of business failures and also a large number of loans taken by them falling in to NPL category. The financial literacy of an entrepreneur is measured in terms of the entrepreneurs’ understanding of basic financial concepts such as interest rates, Compound interest ,Inflation, risk diversification, his knowledge in legal and regulatory matters, record keeping ,budgeting and his skills in raising funding from outside sources at minimum cost. When lending to microenterprises by MFIs, they make it a prerequisite that potential borrowers should undergo a two to three day financial literacy training program. MFIs in Bhutan follow this practice in providing financial literacy programs for micro entrepreneurs. Financial literacy programs provided are in two parts; first part is class room training provided prior to lending and the second part during the operation of the business which is known as “mentoring”. It is recommended that BDBL develop a financial literacy program and mentoring program for its MSME individual borrowers. Undergoing this training program may be made a pre-requisite for borrowing from BDBL. The main topics, inter alia. That should be covered in a trading program would be:

➢ Basic principles of money management ➢ Managing cash flows ➢ Building assets ➢ Interfacing with formal and informal financial institution ➢ Dealing with special challenges ➢ Earning money ➢ Record keeping and understanding of financial records ➢ Risk Diversification

82

➢ Online banking and usage of mobile phones for Banking

Experienced credit officers could conduct training programs to potential borrowers covering the above topics. 5.12. STRATEGY ELEVEN - CHAINGING TERMS AND CONDITIONS REALATING TO PRICING AND SECURITY (COLLATERAL): The Minimum Lending Rate (MLR) for the banking sector is determined by the RMA and the banks are free to determine their lending rate taking in to account other factors. Assets and Liability Committee (ALCO) of BDBL is responsible for deciding the lending rate of the Bank. The lending rate of a bank generally depends on its cost of funds. The average cost of funds of BDBL is relatively higher when compared with other banks resulting in higher lending rates. As almost all lending of BDBL is out of deposits, the lending rate would ultimately depend on the rates the Banks pay on its deposits. It is observed that the average rate paid by BDBL on its deposits is relatively higher than the rates paid by other banks. Another issue related to pricing of loans faced by BDBL is the ignoring risk profile of the borrower, size of the loan and relative loan administrative cost. Business borrowers of the BDBL could be broadly categorized as micro enterprises, cottage industries, small industries and Corporates. Risk profile of individual customers in each category and also the risk profile of different customers in each group are different. Pricing of a loan should be linked to the risk profile of the borrower and administrative cost of the loan. It is pertinent to mention here the principle of “high risk high return and low risk low return” which is practiced by lenders and investors all over the world. Further, the size of the loans to customers under each category is also different. Loans granted to micros, cottage enterprises and small enterprises would be relatively smaller than the size of loans granted to medium and large enterprises. Large loans will generate a higher income to the lender than the income generated from smaller loans. However, the administrative expenses incurred in originating and managing a loan would almost be similar irrespective of the size of the loan. Therefore it is justifiable to charge different rates from different categories of borrowers and on different sizes of loan categories. All borrowers of BDBL are currently charged the same rate (with marginal concessions of 1-2% to some priority sectors) of interest decided by ALCO irrespective of the risk profile of the borrower and size of the loan. The ALCO proposes the rate to the Board and the final decision is taken by the Board also taking in to account political aspects of the decision. If the proposed risk rating system is adopted by BBDL, a risk-based pricing system could be followed by BBDL. The Minimum Lending rate of BDBL at present is around 8.8% while the average lending rate is 10.4%. The lending rates of banks where rates are not regulated by the regulator will largely depend on cost of funds of respective banks. In Bhutan, the funds for lending by banks, including BDBL comes mainly from deposits and hence cost of funds will mainly consist of rates of interest paid on deposits. The consultant recommends that BDBL adopts the risk based pricing system and a realistic rate on smaller loans particularly on Group Loans adequate to cover its admin cost. Group loans should be at around 24% per annum. This is the rate charged by MFIs (other than REDCL) in Bhutan. The rates charged by BDBL at present are given in ANNEXURE 10.

83

For the purpose of obtaining security, the loans granted by BDBL are divided in to two categories namely Individual Loans and Group Loans. The Credit Manual of BDBL clearly states that all individual loans granted by the bank should be against the “mortgage of collateral”. Group loans are grated to members of a group against the cross guarantees of the other members of that group. During the 5 ½ year period (January 2014 to June 2019), the number group loans granted amounted only to 3.79 1.42% of the loans granted representing only 1.42% of the total loans granted. This indicates that 96% of the loans approved during the last 5 ½ years are against tangible collateral. The lending manual provides guidelines on valuation of assets taken as security. Valuation methodology prescribed is very restrictive. The dependence on tangible collateral for a development bank in a country where security in the form of immovable property is not abundantly available certainly restricts its outreach. The solution for this may be the relaxation of security requirement and/or substantially increasing the group lending.

5.13. STRATEGY TWELVE - RELAXING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LENDING: As practiced by all banks internationally, BDBL too grant loans subject to certain terms and conditions. These terms and conditions are to ensure the proper use of loan proceeds and regular repayments of loans. The Main categories of terms and conditions relate to the following aspects: i. Security-All individual loans are granted against tangible security. BDBL is to abide by the RMA guidelines on Loan to Value (LTV) ratio. LTV varies according to the type of the asset. Currently the ratio varies from 50% to 90%. While the LTV on fixed deposits is at 90 %, the LTV on securities and corporate bonds is 50%, the LTV on immovable property value of which is always estimated conservatively is 75% ii. Insurance: All assets to be mortgaged should be insured iii. Debt: Equity: All borrowers are required to share the risk of the business by contributing a percentage of the investment of the business in the form of equity capital. The maximum debt equity ratio to be maintained on all lending is 75:25. However, this ratio will vary within the maximum limit depending on the risk profile of the borrower and the risk profile of the business to financed iv. Repayment Terms: Some loans like overdrafts are revolving and some are (term Loans) are with a fixed repayment period and a fixed repayment schedule. Term loans will carry repayment periods ranging from 12 months to 20 years depending on the purpose of the loan and the cash flow of the borrower. v. Rate of Interest: For different types of loans the ALCO decides the rate based on the Minimum Lending Rate determined by RMA. Different industry sectors and different types of loans and different loan schemes will have different rates but the difference would be very marginal and the difference will vary from 1% to 2%. Interest is calculated on reducing balance basis

84

vi. Types of Installments: Installments on term loans are in the form of Equated Monthly Installments payable monthly quarterly half yearly or yearly

Some of the above terms and conditions appear too strict and restrictive preventing the enhancement of rural outreach of BDBL. Of the general terms and conditions applicable for loans, the Bank needs to consider making some changes to the following term and conditions: i. Non-Collateral based Loans: Lack of collateral is one of the main reasons for low rural outreach as most rural CSIs and households cannot offer tangible collateral to obtain loans from financial institutions. It is recommended to consider granting Loans at least up to Nu 500,000 without “mortgage of Collateral”. Loans up to a limit say Nu 500,000 mn to be granted purely on the basis of cash flows and risk rating and also against the guarantee of two acceptable individuals. Individual loans similar to group loans. ii. Lowering of Debt: equity for micros and Cottage Industries: One of the problems faced by the potential borrowers in the rural areas in sourcing of equity/venture capital required by lenders to maintain the minimum debt: equity requirements. It is recommended that BDBL consider either reducing e the ratio to around 80:20 or 90:10 for CSI s or introduce a product to offer venture capital/seed capital to CSIs. Venture capital is a product offered by development Banks internationally iii. Interest Rate: Introduce the risk based pricing depending on the risk rating of the clients. iv. Higher rates of Interest on Smaller individual loans and group loans to be introduced as the administration cost of such loans are relatively high. MFIs who are handling group loans and loans of smaller amounts charge around 2% per month. BDBL charges same rate for big corporates and micros.

BDBL needs to hire an experienced consultant or a team of consultants for a period of around one year to conduct classroom training and on the job training on cash flow based lending and to develop forms and formats on its new lending programs including leasing and group lending

85

6. PART FIVE – STRATEGIES PROPOSED FOR REDCL

6.1. INTRODUCTION: Rural Enterprise Development Corporation currently operates as a Non Deposit-Taking Microfinance Institution (MFI) licensed by RMA. Its current mandate is to enhance the credit outreach of the rural informal activities. During its existence of 30 months from June 2016 to December 2018, rural credit outreach was achieved by REDCL with 20 branch offices and eight credit officers at Head Office, which seems very low. It has reached only 3,744 clients representing only around 10% of the total CSI Sector even though it was authorized to lend free of collateral and at a relatively low rate of interest of 4% per annum. The number of loans created per officer was only 4.5 and number of loans per credit officer is only round 130. REDCL is in a better position to lend to CSIs as it is authorized to lend without collateral at very low interest of 4% when compared with other financial institutions who are lending based on collateral and at relatively high interest rates of around 8-10%. The 4% interest margin allowed on lending by REDCL is not adequate to meet its operational expenses and impairments on NPL portfolio which is at around 15%. REDCL is therefore operating at loss from its inception. The business model followed by REDCL at present is different from the business model followed by MFIs internationally whose strategy is based on achieving “double bottom lines”. REDCL at present focuses more on “Social Bottom Line” ignoring the “Financial Bottom Line. The business model followed by REDCL is not financially feasible and without the financial feasibility, the long term sustainability is in doubt.

6.2. STRATEGY ALREADY PROPOSED BY THE GOVERNMENT: Realizing the need to ensure long term sustainability of REDCL, the Government has instituted legislation for upgrading of REDCL to a CSI bank under the name of “National Enterprise Development Bank”. With the upgrading of the REDCL to a CSI bank, it will change its business model and function as a bank focusing on achieving financial sustainability while fulfilling its social responsibility. Main features of the future strategy of the new CSI bank are highlighted below:

• The core mandate of the Bank is to enhance access to financing and diversify the economic growth through the promotion of cottage and rural enterprises. The Bank will also have provisions to support and oversee employment financing. • The Bank is expected to narrow the gap in availing financial support for start-up enterprises which otherwise face difficulties in availing loans from other banks due to their inability to offer collateral. • At present, REDCL grants Microfinance loans only up to Nu 500,000. With the upgrading, the CSI Bank will grant loans from Nu 500,000 to Nu 10.0 Mn.

86

• There is a need to develop a credit and operational manual which will clearly lay down the procedures on loan administration, disbursement, risk management monitoring and recovery mechanism. • The total fund requirement is estimated to be around Nu 816 Mn over the next six years assuming an average principal recovery rate of 78.09%. • The lending rate will be aligned with minimum lending rate determined by RMA as required by the Rules and Regulations of CSI Banks (2018) and the initial rate would be in the range of 5% to 8%. • Initially, the Bank will use “Drukmicrofin” IT system developed by Maximus (India) and RMA and tailor made for MFIs and CSI banks. • The new Bank will take into its books only clean and regular RF I and RF II portfolios. NPL portfolios of both RFI and RFII will be managed by the Bank treating them as “off balance sheet” items. As and when these NPLs are recovered, those will be transferred to the books of the Bank. • Not like REDCL, the CSI Bank will finance both start-up businesses as well as existing businesses which intend to expand and grow. • CSI Bank will recruit initially 20 more staff to strengthen the existing staff of 36. • The CSI Bank expect to achieve the following targets during the next five years i. Self-sustaining and generating profits by the sixth year ii. To finance about 75% of the CSI sector iii. De-linked branch offices from Dzongkhag administration and set up independent offices in all 20 Dzongkhags • Parameters of loan products to be offered are as follows:

Product % of Finance Maximum Tenor Collateral Agriculture Development 100% 5 yrs. Guarantor Cottage Industries 75% 10 Yrs. Project assets Small Industries 75% 10 yrs. Project assets Overseas Employment loans 75% 05 yrs. Guarantor Non-Seasonal products 75% 10 yrs. Assets + Guarantor Seasonal Products 75% 01 Yr. Guarantor

6.3. ADDITIONAL STRATEGIES SUGGESTED FOR IMPROVING THE PROPOSED STRATEGY: The strategy that has been proposed by the Government seems adequate to change the business model of REDCL. However, there is room for further improvement. The following paragraphs suggest few strategies that would strengthen the strategy that has been proposed by the government which has been described under Para 6.2 above. 6.3.1. Strategy One - Improvements to the Lending Policy Manual: The proposed Lending Policy and operational manual should be done by a Professional Consultant or team of

87

consultants who should have senior level practical experience in SME/CSI Financing. The document should cover steps to be followed at different stages of the loan life cycle and all necessary forms and formats required for microfinance and SME lending. Two comprehensive appraisal formats based on 5Cs methodology, one for microfinance and the other for SMEs is a necessity to improve the quality of lending. 6.3.2. Strategy Two - improving skills of credit officers on cash flow based lending: The CSI bank will not base its lending decisions on collateral but on cash flows. Hence, the credit officers should have high skills in cash flow based lending. Inadequate skills among the credit officers in credit appraisal appear to be one of the main reasons of high NPLs. It was observed that most of the borrowers have defaulted on their loans due to cash flow difficulties. At present the credit staff of REDCL consists of 20 field officers and 8 credit officers at Head Office. Field officers collect applications and submit to Head Office and Credit officers at Head office carry out the appraisal. Most of the SME clients financed/to be financed by REDCL do not maintain proper books of accounts and also do not prepare financial statements such as profit and loss statements and balance sheets. The proper training to credit officers could prevent to a great extent the “adverse selection” of borrowers and future NPLs. A proper training program based on 5Cs methodology is to be carried out by a professional trainer with practical experience in banking. The classroom training is inadequate to properly trained bankers and the trainer should also provide on the job training to credit officers working with them through the entire loan initiation process working with them on actual loan applications. The services of a professional banking trainer would be required for a period of around one year. An outline of a cash flow based lending training program is given in ANNEXURE 05. 6.3.3. Strategy Three - Introducing Credit Risk Management Tools at Loan Origination: REDCL experience very high NPLs. If the new bank is to archive self-sufficiency in six years, it is imperative that the new bank should introduce measures to control its credit risk at all stages of the lifecycle of the loan. The credit risk management is to be done at all stages of the “lifecycle” of a loan. The first stage of lifecycle of a loan is loan origination. The credit risk management should start here. The Proper and scientific selection of borrowers at the application stage is essential to prevent selecting potential defaulters. Most banks adopt credit risk rating systems for the preliminary screening to eliminate risky potential defaulters. Introducing a comprehensive risk rating system to identify good borrowers would help in reducing future NPLs. Introduction of a risk rating system by REDCL at least for loans above Nu 500,000 is recommended. Comprehensive two risk rating systems, one for existing businesses and the other for start-Ups, have been described under Para 5.4 of this report. REDCL should consider adopting these systems as measures to control credit risk at the stage of loan origination. A risk rating format for risk rating of existing businesses together with the guidelines how to use the format are given in ANNEXURES 07 and 07 A respectively. This risk rating format is not suitable for start -ups; a separate format has been developed for start-Ups. The format to be used in risk rating of start-ups and the guidelines on how to use the format are given in the ANNEXURES 08 and 08A respectively.

88

6.3.4. Strategy Four - Introducing of New Products –Group Loans: Although REDCL has been offering group loans on a selective basis; the product has not been properly marketed and offered. The lending under the group lending scheme had been very marginal. It was observed that the quality of the group lending portfolios including that of BDBL is much better than that of the collateralized individual loan portfolios. This clearly shows that group lending is of high quality and REDCL should actively promote and pursue group lending. Some guidelines to launch the group lending in an organize manner are given in ANNEXURE 13. It is recommended that REDCL consider appointing a group loan Unit in the Head Office officer to monitor the performance of group lending and each branch be given targets on the number of group loans to be granted from that branch. It is also necessary to re-launch the product through a proper marketing campaign. All project officers are to be provided with a proper training on group lending. Each branch is given a target of forming at least four groups per annum per branch. As the admin cost of group lending is high, REDCL may consider charging a rate of around 18% on group loans. The membership of such branches should be opened to any member of the community. REDCL should consider using its group lending program to promote access to finance by the vulnerable groups of the community such as women and unemployed youth. 6.3.5. Strategy Five- Lending to Women Groups: As a group, women in Bhutan are at a disadvantages position when compared with men. According to the data of the National Statistical Bureau of Bhutan, the total population of the country amounted to 763,094 (2017) of which women accounted for 47.85%. The national Literacy rate (2017) was 71.4% and women literacy rate was below the national average and in 2017 it was at 63.9%. According to the 16th Labor Force Survey Report (2018), the national labor force participation (economically active population 15 years and over) rate of the country was 62.6% while the labor force participating rate of women was 55.5% while the rate for men was 70.1%. The total economically in-active population (2017-National Statistics Bureau) was 185,694 and of which 64.47% was women and 38.8% were men. 64.47% of adults in Bhutan have a savings account with a bank, 56 % of which are male and 44% are female. Similarly, of the 16% of adults who have access to credit, 54 percent are male and 46 percent are female. Of the 17% of adults who have insurance, 59%t are male and 41% percent are female. The above statistics clearly indicates that as a group women are in a disadvantage position and there is a need to initiate some measures to narrow the economic gaps between men and women. In order play a role in promoting economic activities of women, it is recommended that REDCL make use of its proposed group lending scheme to provide access to credit to women micro entrepreneurs. As mentioned above, branches are to be given a target of forming at least four groups per branch per annum. REDCL should make it mandatory that of the 4 groups to be formed per branch per annum the initial year, at least one groups should be exclusively for women. If the average group size is four members, this will help 80 women entrepreneurs to access credit. A reduction of 2% to 3% on the rate of other group loans is to be considered for group loans to women to encourage women entrepreneurship. 6.3.6. Strategy Six- Lending to Unemployed Youths: Another vulnerable group in Bhutan is youth of the age group of 14-24. This group accounts for18.40% of the population (2017)

89

and the literacy rate of the group is as high as 93.1% when the national literacy rate is 71.4%. While the national unemployment rate of the country in 2017 was 3.4%, the unemployment rate among youth has been 15.7%. Most of these unemployed youth are with high educational qualifications. Of the total youth unemployment 37.1% has completed secondary higher education followed by middle secondary 29.3 % and bachelor degree 19%. Most educated youth seek employment in the public sector where the job opportunities are limited. The unemployment among youth is a serious social and political issue and youth unrest is a threat to political stability. A remedy is urgently required. Creating opportunities for self-employment is desirable as a solution to youth unemployment. REDCL could get involved in this process through its proposed group lending scheme. It is recommended that REDCL make it compulsory that each branch should form at least one group exclusively for youth per annum for youth to commence businesses. On this basis, at least 20 groups per annum could be formed through the 20 branches. Providing collateral free credit with easy access would motivate unemployed youth to commence business ventures. The rate applicable to group loans to youths could be reduced to from the rate charged on normal group loans.

6.3.7. Strategy Seven - Introducing New Products to Improve Rural Credit: Another way of increasing the rural credit outreach is to introduce new fund based and fee based financial products, in addition to the credit products the REDCL offers at present. A brief description of proposed is given below: 6.3.8. Strategy Eight - Leasing Equipment and Vehicles: Equipment Leasing for CSIs, vehicle leasing for public transport, personal use and industrial use. This product is attractive particularly to rural households who cannot offer immovable assets as collateral to borrow from banks. Lease is an agreement between two parties whereby one party allows the other party to use his/her asset for a certain period of time in exchange for a periodic fee. The assets covered in leases are usually movable assets such as plant& Machinery, vehicles, Aircraft and ships. The receiver of an asset under a lease agreement is called the “Lessee” and the owner of the asset is called the “Lessor”. A lease is a legal contract and thus enforceable by all parties under the contract law. There are basically 3 types of leases. ➢ Finance Leases: a long term lease where the ownership of the leased asset transfers to the lessee at the end of the lease period at a nominal price. All risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the asset are with the lessee. ➢ Operating Leases: a short term lease where the lessor retains all risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the asset. Lessor retains the ownership at all times. This method of leasing is mainly used for the acquisition fleets of vehicles. ➢ “Sale and Lease back” Leases: this is a variation of the finance leases with almost all features of a finance lease. Sale and lease back is a financial transaction where one sells an asset and lease it back for a long term paying a periodic fee. Existing businesses with unencumbered fixed assets can borrow from banks for their working capital requirement through this method of leasing

90

6.3.9. Strategy Nine - Leasing for high-end consumer durables for rural households with regular or seasonal incomes: It is a sign of economic development that more and more households purchase consumer durables to improve the living standards of the households and to change the life style of people. The consumer durables consist of durable goods and appliances for domestic use such as refrigerators, air conditioners and washing machines. Products that aren't consumed or quickly disposed and goods that could be used for several years are durable goods and also called hard goods. Consumer durables are also grouped under three categories namely white goods, Brown goods and consumer electronics. White goods are Refrigerators, Washing machines, Air-conditioners, Speakers and Audio equipment. Brown goods are Mixers, Grinders, Microwave ovens, Iron, Electric fans, Cooking range Chimneys, Consumer electronics are Mobile phones, Televisions, MP3 players, DVD players and VCD players. As most of the leases of consumer durables would be” small ticket leases”, REDCL could consider simplifying the approval procedure and introduce a simple credit scoring system to screen the applications for leases for consumer durables. Guidelines for the Credit Scoring system for leasing of vehicles and consumer durable leases are given in ANNEXURE 14.

6.3.10. Strategy Ten - Venture capital/Seed capital for sustainable CSIs who are experiencing shortages of equity capital: One of the main impediments for the growth of the SME sector in developing countries is the lack of risk capital or the seed capital. Venture capital by banks could be provided only to limited liability companies and banks could encourage their potential customers to carry out their businesses under limited liability framework. If the client of BDBL who is in need of funding is a limited liability company, the BDBL has two options in providing venture capital. One option is to invest in ordinary shares like the owners of the business sharing risk and return equally with the owners. Most banks in their venture investments prefer to reduce the risk with a guarantee of a minimum return. The mechanism to reduce the risk and ensure a minimum return is to invest in Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares with a fixed Coupon Rate. This is a hybrid venture capital product with features of debt and equity. Risk to the investor is relatively less than that of the ordinary share investments. The advantages of Preference share Investments to SME investee companies are threefold. First, Investee SME will start paying dividend only from the time of it starting to generate profits and hence particularly start-up SMEs will have a less financial burden during the initial years. Second, no need for collateral which is one of the serious problems faced by SMEs world over. Third, in computing debt: equity of the business, preference share investment is treated as part of equity.

Procedure to be followed in making venture investments for Investment:

➢ The investment is subject to a detail appraisal of the project ➢ The appraisal officers need to identify an equity gap based on the appraisal and justify the need for institutional investment

91

➢ Restricted only for companies with very high growth potential and the promoters to be with undisputed integrity. ➢ The Bank to get the Articles of Association of the investee company amended specifying the rights and privileges of the Bank’s share investment. ➢ Reserve the right to appoint a nominee director.

6.3.11. Strategy Eleven - Wholesale loans to sustainable MFIs through credit lines: REDCL is to expand its rural outreach as the financially excluded percentage in rural areas is very high. The credit outreach in the country is only 16%. Rural finance institutions and banks interested in getting involved in rural finance adopt two strategies to enhance their credit outreach in rural areas. One strategy is to lend direct to rural entrepreneurs and needy households and the other strategy is to lend to rural entrepreneurs and rural households through MFIs. BDBL at present follow the direct lending strategy. It is recommended that BDBL also consider following the second strategy too providing “wholesale” loans to MFIs for on lending to micro entrepreneurs. Microfinance sector in Bhutan is at its early stage of development RMA has issued license to six MFIs. These institutions are RENEW, Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs (BAOWE), Taranaya Foundation, Bhutan Care Credit (BCC), Microfinance Bhutan Private Limited and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL). For the purposes of regulating, MFIs are categorized in to two groups namely deposit taking and non-deposit taking. Only RENEW and Microfinance Bhutan Private Limited has the license to take deposits from the general public and others are involved only in micro lending. The Consultant visited and had discussions with senior management of three MFIs namely RENEW (Stands for Respect, Educate, Nurture, and Empower Women), BAOWE (Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs) and BHUTAN MICROFINANCE PRIVATE LIMITED (BMPL). It was observed during the discussions with these three MFIs and that they have sustainable operating models. Except RENEW, all other MFIs are constrained by lack of funding to expand their operations. It is recommended that BDBL initiate actions initially to work with these three institutions. All these MFIs are undertaking Group Lending. In undertaking whole sale lending to MFIs, the most important activity to be carried out by BDBL is the Performance Evaluation of the MFI to be financed. It is to be done by a knowledgeable experienced microfinance practitioner using the Guidelines issued by CGAP on evaluation of MFIs covering five performance indicators namely; Outreach, Quality of Portfolio, Sustainability (OSS and FSS) and Efficiency. Whole sale lending to a MFI is to be undertaken only if the MFI’s performance is within the norms recommended by CGAP. 6.3.12. Strategy Twelve - Value chain financing programs for few industry sectors/commodities: The possible sectors/commodities for introducing value chain financing programs are Fruits Industry, Dairy Farming and Potato Cultivation. Many countries use “Value Chain Financing” to enhance financial outreach and promote inclusive economic growth. Value Chain financing could be used in developing countries to develop

92

particularly CSIs engaged in agriculture. The value chain finance is the provision of financial services to actors involved throughout the series of transactions (chain) of a particular industry that results in producing a final product and delivering it at the appropriate marketplace. During meetings with the Financial Inclusion Secretariat of RMA, it was revealed that Bhutan could make use of value chain financing mechanism to develop the agricultural sector. A study carried out by UNDP in 2016 has recommended that Agriculture Sector as suitable for developing value chain programs and has identified several agricultural commodities (including Potato, Maize, ginger, cardamom and Dairy). Based on discussions the consultant had with several parties and based on his observations, during visits to branches and borrowing CSIs, the above four sectors are recommended for BDBL’s consideration to launch value chain financing programs initially. BDBL could work closely with financial inclusion Secretariat of RMA in developing value chain for the four products mentioned above. In a country like Bhutan the factors to be taken in to account in developing a value chain program for a product are;

➢ Productive capacity ➢ Number of beneficiaries ➢ Sustainable livelihood options ➢ Product resilient to climate conditions ➢ Degree of vulnerability to climate change ➢ Scalability of the product ➢ Geographical distribution of the commodity.

The first step to be followed by BDBL in launching a value chain for a particular product is the “Value Chain Mapping”. Value chain Mapping will show the flow of transactions from sourcing of raw materials and inputs, to production, processing, marketing and final sale. The mapping can also illustrate costs, value addition at each stage, secondary services important to each stage, critical constraints and relative clout of players along a value chan. Some factors relating to the recommended for products for value chain programs are described below; i. Fruit Industry Value Chain: Different groups involved in the Fruit Industry Value Chai are i) input sellers (seeds, plants and fertilizer), ii) cultivators, iii) transporters iv) processers (such as makers of fruit juice and fruit jams) and v) traders/Exporters. The main fruits produced in commercial scale and also in home gardens are orange, walnuts, apple, apricot, peach and cherry. Processers buy from growers or through intermediaries, convert in to juice and export or sell in the local market. The problem in Bhutan is the inadequate production of fruits to support the efficient functioning of a value chain scheme. BDBL Financial institutions could step-in and form groups among the different players in the chain and provide financing to such groups of each stage of the chain including cultivators. ii. Potato Cultivation Value Chain: Potato is Bhutan Most important cash crop and almost 85% of the households in Bhutan grow potato either for export or for home

93

consumption. Hence the potato is a very good candidate for a value chain program. The main categories of actors involved in the potato value chain would be i) seed suppliers, ii) input suppliers such as fertilizer, iii) growers, iv) contractors/middlemen v) Transporters and vi) exporters. BDBL to identify main players in each category and form them in to groups. Group loans are to be provided to the members of groups. iii. Dairy sector Value Chain: is also another sector where value chain financing could be introduced. Dairy farming in Bhutan is traditionally based on small holder system primarily subsistence-oriented mixed crop-livestock farming system. The sector is a very significant importance to the country’s rural economy and over 78% of the rural households own cattle. Dairy farming is an integral part of Bhutanese farming system producing items such as milk, butter and cheese. In a dairy value chain the main group of actors are i) input suppliers, i) farmers (growers), iii) processers IV) Transporters and v) traders (wholesale and retail). Players under each category could be formed in to groups and group loans can be issued to group members.

REDCL needs the assistance of an expert in value chain financing initially to design and develop the value chains for the three products mentioned above. BDBL could consider obtaining TA assistance from multilateral development agencies such as World Bank, IFC, ADB, UND and USAID. BDBL could launch the Value Chain Financing Program on its own or jointly with REDCL, the other main player in rural finance. Depending on the success or otherwise of the three value Chain Programs, few more value chain programs are to be introduced. 6.3.13 Strategy Thirteen - Provision of Business Development Services (BDS) to CSIs to promote rural credit: The credit to the CSI sector is an important component of the rural finance offered by the financial sector. The Government believes that the CSI sector is the engine of growth and hence the sector growth is essential for an inclusive economic growth. Although, the CSI sector accounts for nearly 95% of the country’s business units, it has received only 14% of the total credit of the Banking sector. Entrepreneurial skills in Bhutan is still at very low level A recent report states that most of the entrepreneurs in Bhutan are “necessity based” entrepreneurs and not “opportunity based’ based entrepreneurs. There is a great need to improve the entrepreneurship in Bhutan, Several Government and NGO organizations have launched several programs aimed at improving entrepreneurship in Bhutan. Ministry of Human Resources and Labor under its Entrepreneurship and Self- Employment Division, Loaden Foundation, Druk Holdings and Department of Cottage and Small Industry provide some BDS services to CSIs. The Cottage and Small Industry Policy Paper 2019 of the Department of Cottage and Small Industry (DCSI) emphasizes the need for provision of support services to CSIs. Although, these institutions are engaged in providing different types of BDS Services, to improve the entrepreneurship, Bhutan needs an entity to provide comprehensive package of Business Development Services under one roof or there is a need for “one Stop Shop”. The growth in the CSI to a large extent depends on the availability of professional Business Development Support (BDS) services. Almost all CSIs require professional BDS services to sustain and grow their businesses as most CSI

94

entrepreneurs are not conversant with all aspects of business management The types of BDS Services required by the CSI sector includes, inter alia, the following:

➢ Entrepreneur skills training ➢ Access to markets ➢ Provision of infrastructure such as storage& warehousing, incubators ➢ Sourcing of raw materials ➢ Information on Markets and technology ➢ Assistance in identifying viable business opportunities ➢ Preparation of Business Plans ➢ How to face competition ➢ Assistance in selecting appropriate technology ➢ Training and mentoring ➢ Book keeping ➢ Assistance to understand legal issues and ➢ Assistance in Human Resource Management.

Lenders require BDS Services to their clients to ensure their smooth functioning which will in turn help lenders in regular recoveries of loans. BDS interventions at the micro firm level can lead to enhanced economic security and incomes thus permitting micro entrepreneurs to invest in nutrition, housing, health and education of family members. Discussions with CSI entrepreneurs and bankers revealed that the status of BDS services at present is not at a desired level and it needs improvements. Considering the very high level of NPLs of REDCL and BDBL and also considering the need to improve their rural outreach, REDCL and BDBL consider commencing a BDS Services program particularly for its existing and future clients and in general to the business community in Bhutan. REDCL and BDBL have three options to commence a BDS program. These three options are; Option One: Set up a separate business unit within the organization and operate it as a fee levying service Option Two: REDCL and BDBL to get together and set up a joint entity and operate the joint entity as a fee levying service Option Three: REDCL and BDBL to team up with DCSI and set up a joint public sector entity and operate the joint entity as a fee levying sustainable entity.

The Consultant’s preferred option is Option Three. The government may negotiate a Technical Assistance (TA) support facility from a multilateral development agency to setup a “one stop shop” to provide BDS services to CSIs. In other countries, BDS services are either done by governments or by public private partnerships or entirely by the private sector on sustainable basis. In establishing the BDS Service entity on a sustainable basis, the following factors are to be kept in mind: vi. Necessity for targeting through a market assessment

95

vii. Necessity for a predominantly rural development approach viii. The necessity to operate the program on sustainable basis ix. The necessity to use high quality human resources with private sector mentality for BDS facilitation and delivery x. Necessity to have system to monitoring and evaluation of the results of BDS that have been delivered.

In order to motivate REDCL customers to seek the BDBs services, a subsidy on the rates to be charged is to be offered to REDCL customers and it to educate its customers on the benefit of BDS Services. The BDS Services to deserving clients are to be provided free of charge initially and then at a subsidized rate .Once the confidence of beneficiaries are build up BDS services are to be provided at market rates.

REDCL needs to hire an experienced consultant or a team of consultants for a period of around one year to develop a lending manual with necessary forms and formats on its new lending programs and also to provide classroom training together with “on the job” training on cash flow based lending to lending officers.

7. PART SEVEN - OTHER INTERVENTIONS SUGGESTED FOR IMPROVING RURAL FINANCE SECTOR AT MACRO LEVEL.

7.1. INTRODUCTION: The strategies for the development of rural finance at institutional level were discussed under Part Five and Part Six of this report. Those strategies to be implemented at institutional level will not be adequate to improve the efficiency of the overall rural finance sector of Bhutan. Some interventions at macro level are essential to improve the overall efficiency of the rural finance sector development. These interventions are described below:

7.1.1. Intervention One - Development of Microfinance Sector: Microfinance plays an important role in any developing country in improving the livelihood of poor households through the provision of easily accessible, affordable and sustainable financial credit. Microfinance industry in Bhutan is still at early stage of development and only very few players are in operation. Before the emergence of MFIs, unbanked poor and micro enterprises depend on money lenders at exorbitant rates of interest although private money lending was illegal in Bhutan. In December 2016 RMA approved “Private Money Lending Rules and Regulations”. Under these rules and regulations, individuals undertaking money lending as a business should register with RMA. The maximum amount that can be lent is Nu 500,000 and the rate of interest is capped at 15% on a reducing balance basis. Royal Monetary Authority (RMA) of Bhutan has issued licenses to six MFIs to operate. These

96

institutions are RENEW, Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs (BAOWE), Taranaya Foundation, Bhutan Care Credit (BCC), Microfinance Bhutan Private Limited and Rural Enterprise Development Corporation (REDCL). For the purposes of regulating, MFIs are categorized in to two groups namely deposit taking and non-deposit taking. Only RENEW and Microfinance Bhutan Private Limited has the license to take deposits from the general public and others are involved only in micro lending. The Consultant visited and had discussions with senior management of three MFIs. Details are given below: RENEW: Stands for Respect, Educate, Nurture, and Empower Women. The organization was founded by Her Majesty the Queen Mother in 2004 dedicated towards the empowerment of women and girls, especially the victims/survivors of domestic violence. The microfinance program of RENEW was introduced in 2012 with the support from Savings Bank Foundation for International Cooperation (SBFIC) of Germany with the primary objective to foster the economic well-being of women. It operates in 10 districts out of the 20 districts of the country. It offers three products namely; training on financial literacy, savings and micro credit. All clients should follow the financial literacy program prior to becoming a client either savings or credit. RENEW follows Grameen model in providing financial products. As at end of 2018, it had 2,383 borrowers with a total lending portfolio of Nu 136 Mn. The total number of savers was 15,094 with a total savings portfolio of Nu 134 Mn. All transaction takes place through Centers and at presents it has 263 such centers. The loans account per credit officer ratio is 77 and the total staff is 33. The NPL ratio is very low at 3%. RENEW was the first MFI to receive deposit taking license. BAOWE (Bhutan Association of Women Entrepreneurs): BAOWE is a legally resisted Non- Government organization. The objective of the organization is to economically empower women and girls contributing towards poverty reduction, promoting self-reliance and business from a GNH perspective. The Micro finance program of BAOWE commenced in 2017 is very new. At present, it operates in 11 districts out of 20 districts of the country. They undertake individual lending and group lending and it is not a deposit taking MFI. As at date BAOWE has 42 loans including one group loan. No NPL loans. Lending rate is 10% per annum and savings rate is 6% per annum. However, it can take deposits from its members who amount to around 4,000. The number of saving members at present is 1,000. BAOWE has applied for a license from RMA to be a deposit taking MFI. BHUTAN MICROFINANCE PRIVATE LIMITED (BMPL): Received the Deposit taking MFI license in early 2019 and has been in microfinance operations for 3 months. It is in operation in three districts with three branches and 7 staff including 3 field staff. It has 50 borrowers with a total lending portfolio of Nu 8.2 Mn. All loans are regular. The total number of savers is 134 with a savings portfolio of 12.8 Mn. TARAYANA FOUNDATION (TF): TF was formally launched in 2014 and it is registered as a public benefit organization. TF works in rural villages promoting community growth and development by serving needy communities. TF commenced microfinance credit program in 2009 and up to date, it has granted micro credit to 258 clients and current outstanding portfolio is around Nu 2.4 Mn.

97

BCC is yet to commence operations and details of REDCL have been given elsewhere. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE MICROFINACE SECTOR:

➢ Microfinance sector in Bhutan is in its early stage of development. However, it is growing fast ➢ MFIs are categorized in to two groups namely; deposit taking and Non-Deposit taking for the purpose of regulation by RMA. Out of the six MFIs, two are authorized to take deposits from the public and other four are not authorized. ➢ Some MFIs undertake both group lending and individual lending and some undertake only group lending. ➢ Almost all MFIs are actively involved in providing financial literacy training to their clients/members which is a pre-requisite to improve access to finance and financial inclusion. ➢ Most MFIs lack adequate funding to expand their micro credit programs and financial literacy programs. Banking sector has excess liquidity while microfinance sector suffers from lack of funding. A mechanism to connect these two sectors for the mutual benefit of both parties needs to be developed. “Whole sale lending’ by commercial banks to sustainable private sector MFIS could be used as one of the mechanism to create a link between the banking sector and the MFI sector. ➢ A study to assess the funding and other needs of MFIs is a must for development of the sector. An opportunity for a multilateral development agency for a Technical Assistance (TA) project. ➢ Micro credit clients require coaching/mentoring in their day to day business operations at least for few months from the commencement of their enterprises. Such facilities are very limited. Multilateral development agencies could play an important role here by providing TA for such programs. Government agencies such as “National Commission for Women and Children” (NCWC) plays an important role in mobilizing international grants and helping NGOs and MFIs in their financial literacy programs and other social development activities. ➢ MFI sector has nearly 300 access points in rural areas and this is growing. ➢ MFI sector requires a “level playing field”. A government owned MFI enjoys an undue advantage over other MFIs in terms of funding and lending rate of interest. ➢ Banks and other rural finance institutions could consider the possibility of extending “wholesale” loans to MFI who lacks adequate funding. This model is widely used in many developing countries particularly in India. Large banks in India like ICICI Bank, HSBC and Citi work very closely with MFIs. This would help banks in achieving their priority sector lending targets. In India, the priority sector which includes MSME sector lending target is high as 30%. In Bhutan it is only 1% of the total lending portfolio

7.1.2. Intervention Two - Improving Professional Business Development Support Services for CSIs: The credit to the CSI sector is an important component of the rural finance offered

98

by the financial sector. The Government believes that the CSI sector is the engine of growth and hence the sector growth is essential for an inclusive economic growth. Although, the CSI sector accounts for nearly 95% of the country’s business units, it has received only 14% of the total credit of the Banking sector. The growth in the CSI to a large extent depends on the availability of professional Business Development Support (BDS) services. Almost all CSIs require professional BDS services to sustain and grow their businesses as most CSI entrepreneurs are not conversant with all aspects of business management. BDS required by CSIs includes a wide array of services such as assistance to start-ups, training on entrepreneurship, HR management, technologies and marketing. Discussions with CSI entrepreneurs and bankers revealed that the status of BDS services at present is not at a desired level and it needs improvements. What financial institutions could do to develop this is limited and it is the responsibility of authorities to set up a “one stop Shop” to Provide BDS services. The government may negotiate a Technical Assistance (TA) support facility from a multilateral development agency to setup a “one stop shop” to provide BDS services to CSIs. In other countries, BDS services are either done by governments or by public private partnerships or entirely by the private sector. 7.1.3. Intervention Three - Using Priority Sector Lending (PSL) Directives to Improve Rural Finance: In Bhutan, lack of access to finance by the CSI sector rural farming households is one of the biggest problems faced by the country. Data from RMA reveal that credit flow from the banking sector to the agriculture sector was only Nu 5.7 Bn of the total credit portfolio of Nu 107 Bn in 2017 representing only a 5% share to the agricultural sector which is the livelihood of around 60% of the population. Priority sector lending is a mechanism used by central banks all over the developing world to re-direct resources to neglected and weaker sectors of the economy which are important from the economic development point of view. Apart from BDBL, loans to the agriculture sector by rest of the banks were well below 1% in 2017. Realizing the need to re-direct resources to the priority sectors, RMA issued directives to banks in January 2018 compelling them to grant a minimum percentage of their lending to priority sectors. PSL will bring the credit flow from the financial sector in line with the country’s development priorities. Priority sectors have been defined for this purpose as agricultural activities, Non-Agricultural CSIs and Agricultural CSIs. PSL directive of RMA came into operation in January with a six months preparatory period. A Priority Sector Lending Council has been formed to monitor the implementation of the scheme. As per the RMA guidelines, Cottage industries could borrow up to Nu 500,000 while Small industries could borrow up to Nu 10.0 Mn under the PSL scheme.

The minimum limit for lending to priority sectors have been fixed at 1% of the lending portfolios of respective banks. The minimum imposed by RMA appears low when compared with the magnitude of the problem of access to finance prevailing in Bhutan. In other counties of the region, the minimum lending percentages are very high when compared to that of Bhutan. In India for an example, the ratio is as high as around 30%. On the basis of current limit imposed by RMA, the total lending under the PSI program will be around Nu 1.0 Bn which is very low when compared with the prevailing credit gap in the CSI sector. The

99

multilateral development agencies such as the World Bank and Asian Development Bank could play an important role in persuading RMA to increase the limit to a reasonable level. 7.1.4. Intervention Four - Establishing a Credit Guarantee Scheme for CSIs: Lending by Banks in Bhutan is based on collateral and most of the individuals who want to borrow from banks cannot offer collateral required by banks. Banks always ask for immovable property as collateral and CSIs and rural households do not possess valuable collateral adequate to borrow their requirement of capital. Due to the non-availability of collateral acceptable to banks, the credit outreach of the country is very low at 16%. Micro, Small and Medium enterprises (MSMEs) in most developing countries are faced with this problem and as a remedy; governments have intervened by establishing Credit Guarantee Schemes to support MSMEs. A credit guarantee is a form of insurance that helps to protect the interest of a lender in the event of non-payment by a borrower. The credit guarantee covers the risk of default by borrowers. The person or the entity who guarantees a loan granted by a lender is obligated to honor the guarantee unconditionally, if and when the borrower defaults. Credit guarantee is a substitute at least for part of the collateral required by banks from the borrower. Since the guarantor is providing a risk cover, banks are motivated to lend to MSMEs. The credit guarantee schemes will make it possible for a large number of MSMEs to access credit from banks. This will enhance the credit outreach. The main benefit to the economy arising from Credit Guarantee is the additional number of loans the banking sector will approve. These additional borrowing enterprises are currently excluded from the formal banking sector due to their inability to provide acceptable collateral to lenders. Multilateral development agencies such as World Bank and Asian Development Bank support with TA funding to countries wishing to set up credit guarantee schemes. It is recommended that Government of Bhutan initiate action in this regard.

7.1.5. Intervention Five - Development of Value Chain Financing: Many countries use “Value Chain Financing” to enhance financial outreach and promote inclusive economic growth. Value Chain financing could be used in developing countries to develop particularly CSIs engaged in agriculture. A value chain is a series of steps and related actors that transform raw materials/inputs in to finished products. Value chain finance includes any or all of the financial services, products and support services that flow to improve the efficiency of a group of activities that are needed to transform raw materials into end product. The value chain finance is the provision of financial services to actors involved throughout the series of transactions (chain) of a particular that results in producing final product and delivering it at the appropriate marketplace. During meetings with the Financial Inclusion Secretariat of RMA, it was revealed that Bhutan could make use of value chain financing mechanism to develop the agricultural sector. Fruit cultivation and processing industry is an ideal sector to introduce a value chain financing scheme. There are several fruit cultivators who find it difficult to sell their produce. A value chain starting from input sellers (seeds, plants and fertilizer), cultivators, processers (such as makers of fruit juice and fruit jams) and sellers can be formed. The problem in Bhutan is the inadequate production of fruits to support the efficient functioning of a value chain scheme. Financial institutions

100

could step-in and provide financing to actors of each stage of the chain including cultivators. Dairy sector is also another sector where value chain financing could be introduced. The financial institutions could play only a limited role in initiating value chains. Public Sector Institutions such as Financial Inclusion Secretariat with the support of TA from multilateral development agencies could play an effective role in initiating value chain financing programs in Bhutan.

101 ANNEXURE 01

CREDIT PRODUCTS OFFERED BY BDBL i. Agriculture • Crop Cultivation • Agro processing • Farm Equipment • Forestry • Livestock farming • Land Development ii. Services • Hotels and Restaurants • Information and communication Technology • Consultancy Services • Hospitality, Entertainment and Recreational Services • Automobile Workshops and Cleaning Services • Saloons • Repairs and Maintenance • Tourism • Institutional/Education Services • Health Services and Traditional Medicines • Contracts(non-Construction) • Construction(Contract based) iii. Production and Manufacturing • Wood based Industry(Machines and Equipment) • Hydropower • Renewal Energy • Petro Chemical/steel, Ferro Alloys, Cement • Handicrafts and Textile production • Mining and Quarrying • Traditional and Herbal • Manufacturing Enterprises iv. Trade and Commerce • Retail Trade • Dealers for Machinery and Equipment v. Housing • Commercial(Rental • Residential

I

vi. Transport Sector(All Automobiles) • Construction Equipment • Non-Commercial (personal cars) vii. Loans to Purchase Shares viii. Loans Against Shares ix. Loans against Fixed Deposits x. Education Loans xi. Loans to Financial Institutions • Banks • Non-Banks xii. Personal Loans • Consumer/Employee • Mortgage Loans (personal purposes xiii. Loans to Government • Loans to State owned Enterprises • Loans to Enterprises owned by Druk Holdings and Investment

II

ANNEXURE 02

BDBL Financial Statements Profit and Loss Account 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Int income-Loans and Advances 1264.4 1668.8 2000.4 1844.3 1962.1 Due from banks 74.7 117.2 144.6 79.8 62.5 Income from short-term Investments 4.4 0.7 4.1 41.4 60.7 Other incomes 1.8 2 8 7.2 7.2 TOTALI NTEREST INCOME 1345.3 1788.7 2157.1 1972.7 2092.5 Less Interest due to customers 584.4 862.8 1059.9 1295.6 1345.2 Interest due to banks 75.6 73.7 69.3 52.2 67.7 TOTAL INTEREST COST 660 936.5 1129.2 1347.8 1412.9 NET EST INCOME 685.3 852.2 1027.9 624.9 679.6 INTEREST INCOM Net Fees and Commission income 20.1 28.8 34.5 36.5 33.5 Operating Lease Income 4.7 5 5.3 5.6 5.3 Other operating incomes 4.4 9.1 6.8 7.9 25.7 TOTAL OPERATING INCOME 714.5 895.1 1074.5 674.9 744.1 Less Personnel Cost 138.6 159 171.6 198.5 235.6 Training Cost 19.8 30.5 31.1 28.4 31.7 Admin Expenses 56.8 58 63 100.2 127.6 Amortization 20.7 24.2 37.6 66.7 72.8 Advertising and Marketing 6.2 7.9 9.7 15.1 6.8 Other expenses 21.8 25.9 44 59.1 52.8 Community Center Exp 0 16.6 27.6 27.3 28.9 TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 243.2 322.1 384.6 495.3 556.2 PROFIT BEFORE IMPAIRMENT 450.6 573 689.9 179.6 187.9 Less Impairment 168.7 180.3 392.4 970.8 106.9 NET PROFIT BEFORE TAX 281.9 392.7 297.5 -791.2 294.8 Tax 0 0 0 130.1 -5.4 NET PROFIT AFTER TAX 281.9 392.7 297.5 -921.3 300.2

III

ANNEXURE 03 BDBL Financial Statements- Balance Sheets Nu 000 As at 31st December 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Cash & cash equivalent 762.5 1262 1146.7 2057.7 1033.8 Balances with Central Bank 3489.8 1589.1 3289.1 3145.6 4558.5 Due from Banks 1332.3 2096.5 1610.2 1568.4 2226.5 Loans & Advances to Customers 10231.4 13155.5 15389.8 16083 16149.4 Financial Investments 443.6 462.8 468.8 465.7 489.8 Other assets 143.1 286.2 394 433.1 402.1 Property. Plant & Equipment 152.1 196.5 293.1 285.9 253.8 Intangible Assets 8.1 23.9 57.5 108.8 107.6 TOTAL ASSETS 16562.9 19072.5 22649.2 24148.2 25221.5 Liabilities Due to banks 1519.1 1276.6 1136.2 996.5 1322 Due to Customers 12499.7 14639.2 18029.4 20548.7 21012.6 Retirement Benefit Plans 38.8 51.1 52.3 57.9 67.6 Other liabilities 41.5 41.9 86.6 109.8 227.3 Total Liabilities 14099.1 16008.8 19304.5 21712.9 22629.5 Equity Stated Capital 300 507.3 507.3 507.3 600.3 Retained Earnings 1217.9 1473.9 1776.4 866.4 803.8 Other Reserves 924.8 1058.2 1055.7 1055.7 1172.5 Grants 21.5 25.2 0 0 0 AFS Reserve -0.4 -0.9 5.3 5.9 15.4 Total Equity 2463.8 3063.7 3344.7 2435.3 2592 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 16562.9 19072.5 22649.2 24148.2 25221.5

IV

ANNEXURE 04

TRAINING PROGRAMS FOLLOWED BT CREDIT STAFF

# of times Training attended Date of Sl # Name Designation travelled Field of Training Appointment Year Country outside 1 Ms. Ngawang Zangmo Project 7/14/2010 2 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisal Officer 1 2014 Malaysia Credit Project Management

2 Mr. Rinzin Rabgay Project 10/1/2010 2 2016 Thailand NPL Management Officer 1 2011 India Risk management and treasury and Banking management

3 Ms. Chencho Pem Project 12/12/2011 2 2016 Manila Study Visit to Card MRI Officer bank 1 2014 India Management of Rural Financing Institutions and Co- operatives for Rural Development

4 Mr. Wangda Asstt.PO 7/1/1996 3 2016 Thailand NPL Management 2 2010 Thailand Study Tour, Bangkok (2010) 1 2006 Dhaka Study Tour, Study Tour (2006) Dhaka

5 Ms. Sonam Choki Asstt. Branch 7/1/2009 4 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Manager Thailand Loan recovery 3 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisals 2 2014 Nepal Biogas 1 2012 India

6 Mr. Tandin Dorji ABM 7/19/1991 4 2017 Thailand Legal Procedure & Banking recovery 3 2016 Bangladesh Special Training for Central Bank Officials 2 2012 India 1 2010 Bangkok Study Tour

7 Mr. Ugyen Chenchen Project 7/1/2009 2 2016 Manila Study Visit to card MRI Wangchuk Officer bank 1 2014 India Management of Rural Financing Institutions and Co- operatives for Rural Development

8 Mr. Tshewang Phuntsho APO 6/23/1992 6 2019 Pune, India Agri value chain financing

V

5 2016 Manila Study Visit to Card MRI bank 4 2014 Nepal Farmers Exposure Trip 3 2010 Thailand Study Tour 2 2002 Vietnam Study Tour 1 1997 Dhaka Study Tour

9 Ms. Thinley Dema Project 3/13/2014 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Officer Thailand loan recovery 1 2016 India International Program on Training Techniques for Trainers of Co-operatives and Rural Financing Institutions

10 Ms. Sonam Choden Project 5/1/2015 1 2017 Pune basic credit appraisal Officer training

11 Mr. Dhendup Namgyel Asstt. Branch 9/1/1999 6 2018 Bangkok Study Visit to new Manager generation farmers enterprise 5 2016 Mumbai Finacle 4 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisal 3 2012 India Exposure Trip 2 2011 Nepal Study Tour 1 2009 Philippines Sustainable quality microfinance program for entrepreneurial poor

12 Mr. Sonam Namgyel Project 12/12/2011 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Officer Loan Recovery 1 2016 India Credit Appraisal

13 Ms. Goma Kafley ABM 5/1/2000 3 2019 Thailand Study Visit Program 2 2014 Malaysia Corporate Governance 1 2003 India Project Finance and Development of Co-operative agro activities

14 Ms. Karma Choki Trainee 9/1/2017 3 2014 India Credit Appraisal Officer Training 2 15 Ms.Kezang Choden Project 3/21/2016 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Officer Training

16 Ms.Tashi Yangzom PO 3/21/2016 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal

17 Ms. Kencho Wangmo PO 3/21/2016 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal

18 Ms.Sonam Wangmo Project 5/1/2008 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Officer Thailand Loan Recovery

VI

1 2013 India Management of Rural Financing Institutions and Co- operatives

19 Mr. Yejay Project 7/1/2012 5 2018 Bangalore, Finalce Core Technical Officer India training 4 2016 Mumbai Finacle Training 3 2015 Thailand Oracle 2 2014 Dhaka ABS Support System & Business training 1 2013 Bangkok SQL Server Training

20 Ms. Tshering Choden Credit Officer 3/21/2016 1 2019 Pune, India Agri Value Chain Financing

21 Ms.Tshering Choden Project 6/27/2016 2 2019 India Exposure & Study Visit Officer to NABARD 1 2018 Sri Lanka IFRS

22 Ms. Tashi Yangtsho Trainee 5/1/2015 2 2018 Bangkok Managerial Skills Officer Training for Supervisory Training Executives 1 2017 India Basic Credit Appraisal Training

23 Ms. Esther Karki Trainee 5/1/2015 2 2018 Bangkok Managerial Skills Officer Training for Supervisory Training Executives 1 2017 India Basic Credit Appraisal Training

24 Ms. Chandra Kala Ghally Project 5/1/2008 2 2016 Thailand Financial Statement, Officer Fraud Detection tools & techniques 1 2010 India Risk based supervision and Risk Based internal Audit in banks

25 Ms. Sonam Choden Assistant 12/12/2011 2 2019 Bangkok, Branch Monitoring and Credit Officer Thailand Supervision 1 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisal

26 Ms. Rinzin Lhadon Bank 9/1/1999 3 2019 Bangkok Customer Care Guarantee Assistant 2 2015 Thailand Advance customer relationship Management 1 2002 Vietnam Hanoi, Vietnam (2002)

27 Mr. Gyem Tshering Credit Officer 7/14/2010 3 2018 Bangkok Banking Operation (BG/FP)

VII

2 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisal/ Advance Appraisal 1 2014 India Credit Appraisal Training

28 Mr. Sonam Tshering Credit Officer 8/1/2011 3 2019 Bangkok, Branch Monitoring and Thailand S supervision 2 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisal/ Advance Appraisal 1 2014 India Credit Appraisal Training

29 Mr. Tsheten Wangchuk Credit Officer 8/1/2011 3 2019 Bangkok, Branch Monitoring and Thailand Supervision 2 2015 Malaysia Credit Appraisal/ Advance Appraisal 1 2014 India Credit Appraisal Training

30 Mr. Pema Tshering Trainee 9/1/2017 Nil Officer

31 Ms.Phuntsho Wangmo PO 1 2017 Bangkok Credit Appraisal & Recovery Techniques

32 Ms. Galey Wangmo PO 1 2017 Bangkok Credit Appraisal & Recovery Techniques

33 Mr. Samdrup Dorji Recovery & 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum M. Officer Loan Recovery

34 Mr. Kuenzang Geley Project 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum Officer Loan Recovery

35 Mr. Kelzang Dawa Recovery & 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal M. Officer Cum Loan Recovery

36 Ms. Kinzang Choden Disbursemen 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum t Officer Loan Recovery

37 Ms. Bumpa Pelden Recovery & 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum M. Officer Loan Recovery

38 Mr. Sonam Tobgay Disbursemen 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum t Officer Loan Recovery

39 Ms. Sonam Choki Project 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum Officer Loan Recovery

40 Ms. Phuntsho Choden Project 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum Officer Loan Recovery 41 Mr. Sangay Tshewang Recovery & 7/12/2016 1 2018 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Cum

VIII

M. Officer Loan Recovery

42 Sonam Zangmo Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 43 Dorji Choden Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 44 Dorji Gyeltshen Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 45 Kinley Zam Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 46 Sonam Jorden Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 47 Tshering Choki Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 48 Passang Lham Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 49 Kezang Lhamo Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 50 Kelzang Wangmo Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 51 Damcho Wangchuk Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 52 Tshering Eden Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 53 Sangay Choden Credit Officer 8/15/2016 Nil 54 Thinley Wangmo Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 55 Dawa Lham Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 56 Kinley Penjor Credit Officer 1/1/2018 Nil 57 Thinley Norbu Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 58 Kezang Dema Credit Officer 5/1/2017 Nil 59 Karma Choki Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 60 Deki Pem Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 61 Choney Wangmo Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 62 Chencho Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 63 Rinchen Zangmo Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 64 Gyem Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 65 Ngawang Tashi Credit Officer 1/1/2018 Nil 66 Ugyen Zangmo Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 67 Tashi Dema Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 68 Pema Samba Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 69 Tashi Wangmo Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 70 Sonam Duba Credit Officer 5/1/2017 Nil 71 Khandu Om Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 72 Younten Tharchen Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 73 Sonam Lhadon Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 74 Sonam Dema Credit Officer 8/15/2016 Nil 75 Rinchen Zangmo Credit Officer 5/1/2017 Nil 76 Sonam Yangchen Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 77 Chimi Dorji Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 78 Ugyen Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 79 Tshering Dorjee Nesor Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 80 Gyem Tshering Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 81 Santi Ram Khandal Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 82 Rinchen Choden Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 83 Phurpa Zangmo Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 84 Dorji Norbu Credit Officer 1/1/2019 Nil 85 Norbu Dendup Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil 86 Kezang Tshomo Credit Officer 1/1/2018 Nil 87 Bikash Lohar Credit Officer 9/1/2017 Nil

88 Mr. Sonam Phuntsho Credit 3/8/2005 4 2019 India Exposure & Study Assistant Visit to NABARD 3 2017 Bangkok banking operation training

IX

2 2015 Nepal Study Visit on ATM And Network service providers 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour (Bangkok)

89 Mr. Tshering Nima Credit 9/11/2013 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune Basic credit appraisal Training

90 Ms. Tshering Tshomo Credit 3/8/2005 3 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 2 2015 Thailand Customer relationship Management 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour (Bangkok)

91 Mr. Sonam Tshering Credit 9/1/1999 3 2016 Bangkok Customer Care Assistant 2 2012 India Farmers Exposure trip 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour 92 Ms. Lhakpa Dema Credit 9/1/2008 2 2017 Bangkok delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

93 Ms. Tshering Zangmo Sherpa Credit 5/13/2013 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Assistant Thailand Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune basic credit appraisal training

94 Ms. Choki Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

95 Mr. Leki Dorji Gewog FA 9/11/2013 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Thailand Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune Basic credit appraisal training

96 Mr. Dorji Wangchuk Credit 5/1/2008 2 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management 97 Mr. Dhendup Credit 4/1/2000 3 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 2 2015 Thailand Customer relationship Management 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour (Bangkok)

98 Mr. Cheten Tshering Credit 3/8/2005 3 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 2 2015 Thailand Customer relationship Management 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour (Bangkok)

99 Ms. Tashi Lhamo Credit 7/14/2010 2 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

X

100 Mr. Ugyen Credit 4/23/2012 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Assistant Thailand Loan Recovery 1 2014 Nepal Biogas financial Study Visit

101 Ms. Tshering Deki Tamang Credit 5/13/2013 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune basic credit appraisal training

102 Mr. Choki Zangpo Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

103 Mr. Phub Tshering Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune , India Credit Appraisal Assistant

104 Mr. Barun Giri Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit appraisal Assistant

105 Mr. Prem Bdr. Biswa Credit 7/1/2009 2 2017 Thailand Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

106 Ms. Deki Zangmo Credit 4/2/2012 1 2016 India Credit Appraisal Assistant

107 Ms. Bir. Bdr. Rai Credit 2/1/2010 2 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

108 Ms. Pema Tshoki Credit 5/1/2006 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management Assistant

109 Ms. Pem Dem Credit 3/8/2005 3 2017 Bangkok delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 2 2015 Nepal Study Visit on ATM And Network service providers 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour (Bangkok)

110 Ms. Dechen Dema Credit 1/10/2008 3 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan recovery 2 2015 Thailand Customer Relationship Management 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

111 Ms. Tshering Yangdon Credit 3/8/2005 3 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 2 2016 India Credit Appraisal 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour

XI

112 Mr. Rinchen Zangpo Credit 5/13/2013 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan Recovery 1 2017 India basic credit appraisal training

113 Mr. Ugyen Phuntsho Credit 4/1/2009 2 2016 Manila Study Visit to Assistant Card MRI Bank 1 2012 India Exposure Trips

114 Mr. Dep Kumar Chhettri Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

115 Mr. Ngawang Tenzin Credit 7/20/1998 4 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 3 2014 Nepal Biogas financial Study Visit 2 2012 India Exposure trip 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour

116 Mr. Pema Namgyel Credit 9/21/1990 6 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 5 2015 Thailand Customer relationship Management 4 2014 Nepal Farmers Exposure Trip 3 2010 Thailand Study Tour 2 2002 Vietnam Study Tour 1 1997 Dhaka Study Tour

117 Ms. Namgay Pem Credit 7/14/2010 2 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 1 2016 India Credit appraisal

118 Mr. Jigme Tenzin Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

119 Ms. Tshering Dema GFA 3/1/2000 3 2018 Bangkok NPL 2 2015 Thailand Customer relationship Management 1 2010 Thailand Study Tour

120 Ms. Bir Maya Chhetri Credit 7/14/2010 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal Assistant and loan Recovery 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

121 Mr. Sangay Tenzin Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit appraisal Assistant

122 Mr. Rudra Man Khapangi Credit 7/1/2009 2 2015 Thailand Customer relationship Assistant Management 1 2012 India Exposure Trips

123 Ms. Dorji Wangmo Credit 12/11/2007 2 2016 Thailand Customer care Assistant 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

XII

124 Ms. Galem Credit 5/13/2013 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune Basic credit appraisal Training

125 Mr. Tshering Penjor Credit 7/14/2010 2 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

126 Mr. Pema Tenzin Credit 3/26/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

127 Ms. Dorji Dema GFA 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal

128 Mr. Karma Dendup Credit 4/1/2011 1 2016 India Credit Appraisal Assistant

129 Mr. Tenzin Wangchuk Credit 7/14/2010 3 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 2 2014 Nepal Farmer Exposure Trip 1 2014 India NPA Management

130 Mr. Sonam Gyeltshen Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

131 Mr. Nidup Dorji Credit 3/13/2014 N/A Assistant

132 Mr. Lungten Jamtsho Credit 9/11/2012 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan Recovery 1 2016 India Credit Appraisal

133 Mr. Dawa Tshering GFA 7/1/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal

134 Mr. Sonam Lungchen GFA 7/14/2010 1 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

135 Mr. Jigme Thinley Credit 5/13/2013 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal Assistant Thailand and Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune basic credit appraisal training

136 Ms. Sangay Lhamo Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit appraisal Assistant

137 Mr. Tshewang Tashi Credit 5/13/2013 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Assistant Thailand1 Loan Recovery 1 2017 Pune Basic credit appraisal training

138 Ms. Rinzin Wangmo Credit 7/14/2010 2 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management

139 Mr. Jigme Tshering GFA 4/23/2012 2 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and

XIII

Loan Recovery 1 2016 India Credit Appraisal

140 Mr. Pema Dorji Credit 7/14/2010 2 2018 Bangkok NPL Assistant 2014 India (NIBM) NPA Management 150 Mr. Pema Wangchuk Credit 3/13/2014 N/A Assistant

151 Mr. Tshering Dorji Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit appraisal Assistant

152 Mr. Sangay Dorji GFA 4/22/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit appraisal

153 Mr. Damber Kumar Biswa Credit 9/11/2013 2 2019 Bangkok, credit Appraisal and Assistant Thailand loan recovery 1 2017 India basic credit appraisal training

154 Ms. Tshering Choden GFA 5/13/2013 1 2017 India Basic credit Appraisal Training

155 Mr. Thinley Wangchuk Credit 7/19/2007 2 2016 Bangkok Customer Care Assistant 2012 Nepal Exposure trip (2012)

156 Mr. Thakur Prasad Rizal Credit 8/27/2001 2 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant management & loan recovery 2012 Manila Strategic Marketing Management 157 Ms. Dechen Wangmo Credit 3/13/2014 Assistant

158 Ms. Tashi Wangmo Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

159 Mr. Tashi Yangjay Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

160 Mr. Lobzang Tshering Credit 3/8/2005 3 2016 Thailand Customer Care Assistant 2011 Nepal Study Tour 2010 India, Sikkim Study Tour

161 Mr. Dechen Wangdi Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit appraisal Assistant

162 Mr. Tshering Tashi GFA 7/1/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Apprisal

163 Mr. Kezang Dorji Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune ,India Credit Appraisal Assistant

164 Mr. Tashi Dawa Credit 5/1/2008 3 2019 Bangkok Credit Appraisal and Assistant Loan Recovery 2 2014 Nepal Farmers Exposure Trip

XIV

1 2013 India Management of Rural Financing Institutions and Co- operatives

165 Mr. Cheki Wangchuk GFA 7/1/2014 1 2018 India Credit Appraisal

166 Mr. Sonam Jamtsho Credit 2 2017 Bangkok Delinquency Assistant Management & Loan recovery 2013 Manila Study Tour

167 Mr. Kinzang Dendup GFA 12/6/2016 2 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Thailand Loan recovery 1 2017 Pune basic credit appraisal training

168 Mr. Sangay Dorji GFA 4/22/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal

169 Ms. Sangay Lhamo Credit 3/13/2014 1 2018 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

170 Ms. Yeshi Choden GFA 7/1/2010 1 2016 Thailand Office Management

171 Ms. Kinga Choden GFA 4/1/2011 1 2016 Thailand Office Management

172 Mr. Arjun Rai Credit 5/13/2013 1 2017 Bangkok customer care Assistant

173 Mr. Kinley GFA 5/13/2013 1 2018 Thailand Customer care

174 Mr. Tshetrim Chophel GFA 5/13/2013 1 2017 Bangkok customer care

175 Mr. Rinchen Tshering Credit 5/13/2013 1 2018 Bangkok Customer Care Assistant

176 Sonam Choden Credit 5/1/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

177 Sonam Dekar Geog Field 5/1/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

178 Sonam Tenzin Geog Field 5/1/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

179 Dorji Geog Field 5/1/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

180 Kota Geog Field 5/1/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

181 Dorji Wangchuk Credit 5/1/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

182 RinchenTshering Credit 8/14/2015 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

XV

183 Tshering Om Credit 3/21/2016 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

184 Cheku Wangchuk Credit 3/21/2016 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

185 Dorji Credit 3/21/2016 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

186 Credit 3/21/2016 1 2019 Pune, India Credit Appraisal Assistant

187 Ms. Tshering Dolkar Credit 13-03-2014 1 2019 Bangkok, Credit Appraisal and Assistant Thailand Loan Recovery

188 Phuntsho Norbu Credit 6/27/2016 Nil Assistant 189 Jigme Dorji Credit 12/6/2016 Nil Assistant 190 Yeshey Peldon Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 191 Sonam Dema Credit 9/16/2019 Nil Assistant 192 Lhamo Tshering Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 193 Pema Wangmo Credit 1/1/2019 Nil Assistant 194 Credit 6/27/2016 Nil Assistant 195 Rinchen Wangmo Credit 9/16/2019 Nil Assistant 196 Yeshi Choden Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 197 Yeshi Dorji Creit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 198 Pema Zangmo Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 199 Sonam Thukten Norbu Credit 6/27/2016 Nil Assistant 200 Sonam Lhadon Credit 5/1/2017 Nil Assistant 201 Ugyen Kelzang Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 202 Samten Lhamo Credit 5/1/2017 Nil Assistant 203 Karma Tenzin Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 204 Karma Tshetrim Credit 1/1/2019 Nil Assistant 205 Dawa Tshering Credit 1/1/2019 Nil Assistant 206 Januka Biswa Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 207 Tashi Dorji Credit 9/16/2019 Nil Assistant 208 Sangay Choden Credit 7/12/2016 Nil Assistant

XVI

209 Thinley Wangchuk Credit 7/19/2007 Nil Assistant 210 Pema Dorji Credit 5/1/2017 Nil Assistant 211 Chimi Wangmo Credit 1/1/2019 Nil Assistant 212 Karma Jigme Credit 7/12/2016 Nil Assistant 213 Phub Wangmo Credit 12/6/2016 Nil Assistant 214 Sonam Lhamo Credit 9/1/2017 Nil Assistant 215 Pema Laida Credit 12/6/2016 Nil Assistant 216 Bishal Rai Credit 9/16/2019 Nil Assistant

XVII

ANNEXURE 05 TRAINING PROGRAM ON CASH FLOW BASED LENDING LECTURE NOTE- 01 1) AN OVERVIEW TO ISSUES FACED BY SMEs/CSIs 1.1. What is a SME: Small and Medium Scale Enterprises, universally known as SMEs, are a very heterogeneous group of enterprises engaged in business activities across a large spectrum of sectors such as services, trade, agriculture and manufacturing. There is no internationally accepted definition of SMEs. Definition of SMEs varies from country to country due to the diverse nature of economies and also due to the difference in the level of economic development of those economies. Many countries and multilateral development agencies have their own definitions. The definition of SMEs is generally based on one of three criteria namely; the annual turnover of the enterprise, number of workers employed or value of assets (investment). The definition of SMEs used by all these multilateral development agencies under these credit lines was based on the value of assets or value of the investment in the enterprise. Why SMEs are so important? According to a report by the OECD, SMEs represent the dominant form of business organizations accounting for 95% and up to 99% of enterprises depending on the country. SMEs have a definite economic importance to almost all economies in the world but particularly to those in the developing countries who face challenges in employment creation and income distribution. Most SMEs in developing countries use labor intensive technologies and also uses local raw materials. As such, they substantially contribute to the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and creation of employment in developing countries. SMEs are a nursery for large firms before they become corporate bodies and also it is the graduation point for a large number of aspiring micro enterprises. SMEs not only directly contribute to the economic growth and employment creation of developing countries, they also play a prominent role in developing appropriate technology, entrepreneurship and product innovations. SMEs can be established rapidly and produce quick results. Studies have revealed that in developing countries, the formal SME sector contributes around 45% to employment and 33% to GDP. However, in developed countries the contribution by the SME sector to the GDP and employment is as high as 65% and 70% respectively. 1.2 Financing Gap: SMEs in many developing countries, including Sri Lanka, have still not reached their full potential. The development of the SME sector in developing countries is constrained by several financial and non-financial barriers. The main constraint is the inability of the SMEs to raise required funds. A study carried out by the International Finance Corporation (IFC) and McKinsey in 2010 revealed that only around 30-35% of SMEs in developing countries have access to credit from the formal banking sector. Although around 70% of SMEs in developing countries have a relationship with banks through savings and/or current accounts, access to credit by them is very limited. Almost all SMEs require external capital in the form of credit or equity to fund their activities but only very few could access it from the formal banking sector. As such, there exists a huge financing gap between

XVIII

the supply of funds from the formal banking sector and the demand for funds from the SMEs in developing countries. The flow of funds from the banking sector to the SME sector is slow in developing countries such as Bhutan creating a huge financing gap principally due to two reasons as specified below:

▪ Certain structural weaknesses in SMEs ▪ Wrong perception among bankers that SMEs carry high credit risk.

1.3. Structural weakness in SMEs: There are several inherent structural weaknesses in SMEs which keep banks away from lending to them. Without correcting these weaknesses, it will be difficult to motivate banks to lend to the sector. These inherent structural weaknesses are discussed below. - Non-availability of reliable financial records:

Banks when lending to any enterprise primarily look at the ability of the enterprise to repay its debt. The ability to repay the debt will entirely depend on the cash flows of the enterprise and the cash flows become the primary lending criteria. Future cash flows of an existing enterprise can be estimated only based on its past cash flows. Therefore, it is essential for all enterprises to maintain proper records of its past performance to enable lenders to ascertain viability of the operations of the enterprise. When banks lend to corporates they could reasonably depend on financial records maintained by borrowing corporates to ascertain their ability to service debt. However, most SMEs in developing counties do not maintain proper books of accounts or they do not maintain any record at all. Even if they maintain some records, such records do not reflect the actual level of performance of the enterprise. When a SME borrower approaches a bank for a loan, the banker finds it very difficult to make and assessment of the profitability and the debt service capacity of his enterprise due to non- availability of reliable financial records on the past performance of the enterprise. This prevents SMEs accessing funds from the formal banking sector. SME enterprises always understate their performance due to various reasons but mainly to avoid or minimize payment of tax. - Inability to provide acceptable collateral:

Another weakness of SMEs which prevent them from accessing funds from banks is their inability to provide collateral acceptable to banks. The availability of collateral reduces the risk of lending to some extent. The collateral is necessary to avoid willful defaults and in an extreme situation to realize assets in a business failure. Collateral can be used by banks as a means of “arms twisting” to collect debt from willful defaulters. The criticism against banks is that they always insist on immovable property as collateral. However, most SMEs experience difficulties in providing acceptable immovable properties as collateral. This is due to two reasons. Some SMEs do not own immovable properties. Maybe they carry out their businesses on rented or leased premises. These cannot be mortgaged.

XIX

- Inadequate Risk capital:

When banks provide funds to any SME, they expect a reasonable equity stake or a risk capital from the owner. This is common to lending by banks to any business. If the owner of the business does not have an equity stake in the business, he is not taking any risk. Risk taking is one of the primary characteristic of an entrepreneur. Today, banks expect around30-40% as risk capital from the owners of enterprises in order to secure their full commitment to the business; reduce the burden of debt servicing and also to share the risk in a business failure. Most of the SME entrepreneurs find it difficult to raise this minimum risk capital and the limitation in equity capital restricts the access to finance by SMEs from the banking sector - Use of outdated or substandard technology:

Most SMEs in Sri Lanka use locally developed technologies in producing and delivering goods and services. One of the main factors that influences the success or failure of an enterprise is the technology it uses. The quality of the products and services produced by SMEs are of moderate quality or not up to international standards due to this substandard technology. They find it difficult to compete with relatively high quality cheaper imported products. With the globalization and phasing out of tariff and non-tariff barriers to widen the international trade, the prospects for SMEs in developing countries be affected adversely .This situation may adversely affect the SMEs in developing countries reducing their viability. Due to the substandard quality of products produced by some SMEs, they have only a very limited market regionally or nationally. Due to quality issues entering the international market is difficult for them. - Lack of Managerial Skills:

Due to the smallness of the business many SMEs find it difficult to employ skilled managers to look after specific areas of their businesses. Like in larger firms there is no segregation of owners from the managers. Owners and/or managers of SMEs often need to perform a wider range of tasks than those do in larger firms since there is less room for specialization. This requires the few managers or employees employed by SMEs to possess diverse skills not limited to one or two specific skills. Managers in developing countries do not have this multiple skills. Lack of specialization makes management capabilities of SMEs very weak. Poor financial position of SMEs prevents those acquiring skills from outside. -

- Key Person Risk:

Key person risk occurs when a business or business unit becomes heavily reliant on a key individual or a few individuals. Although this risk is found in almost all businesses, it is more common in SMEs. Always this key person happens to be the promoter of the business or a member of the promoter's immediate family. The key person’s loss through death, critical illness or long-term incapacity would seriously impact their businesses

XX

1.4. Why some Banks are reluctant to lend to SMEs and how to motivate them In Sri Lanka, some banks are reluctant to lend to SMEs and as such banks are frequently subjected to criticism by policymakers, politicians and SME Entrepreneurs. The criticism is reasonable to some extent as the reluctance on the part of banks hampers the growth of SMEs. There are three main reasons for some banks to be reluctant to lend to SMEs. - Perception of banks that SMEs are with high risk:

Most banks have a perception that SMEs are high risk due to the following reasons;

▪ Insufficient assets and low capitalization, vulnerability to market fluctuations and high mortality rates ▪ Information asymmetry arising from SMEs’ lack of accounting records ,inadequate financial records and reliable business plans ▪ High administrative and transaction cost and low returns ▪ High probability of default ▪ Inability of banks to properly assess whether the SME borrowers possess managerial skills to generate adequate cash flows to service the debt

This perception is not correct and SMEs are an attractive line of business in developed countries. The international researches have shown that Return on Assets (ROA) on corporate lending is around 1.0-1.5% whereas the ROA on SME lending as high as 1.5-3.0% provided SME lending is carried out properly. The managerial deficiencies in SMEs can be minimized by promoting vibrant network Business Development Services (BDS) providers. As in the past, banks should work closely with Authorities and international development agencies for this purpose like in countries like Philippines and Indonesia. - Lack of commitment of Top Management of banks:

Top management of many banks in Sri Lanka is not fully committed to promote lending to SMEs. They are more comfortable with lending to few corporates, even if that segment of the market is highly competitive. They perceive this sector to be risk free, hassle free and with high profitability. This negative attitude of top management of some banks trickles down to all level of management making SME lending in these banks negligible. SME activity becomes less attractive career-wise to lending officers as corporate lending is more recognized by the top management. The top management of these banks very often considers SME lending as a corporate social responsibility for political reasons and not as a profitable business line. This criticism is not common to all banks in Sri Lanka as there are some banks truly committed to promotion of SME lending.

To change this negative attitude of some banks, it is necessary to use the “Carrot and Stick” approach to motivate the reluctant banks to lend to SMEs. The “Carrot” may be some fiscal incentives. The “stick “may be the directives from the Regulator making it mandatory to channel certain percentage of their loan portfolio to the SME sector. If this is not complied with, banks will be penalized. This is known as priority sector lending. In India, all banks are

XXI

compelled to allocate 35% of their lending portfolio to priority sectors, one of which is the SME sector. - Lack of Skills for lending to SMEs

Bankers use two different approaches in lending; one based on collateral and the other based on cash flows. Some banks wrongly perceive that if lending is secured by realizable assets with adequate cover, such loans are risk free and that banks could realize the full value of the assets to recover the total outstanding in default related situation. Realization of mortgaged assets is a long drawn process and it might take on an average 3-5 years or sometimes even more. By the time the asset is sold, its realizable value may be much less than the original value if the asset is a movable one. Banks will have to spend huge amounts on litigation and at the end of litigation, both parties might lose and only the lawyers; auctioneers and security firms will be the winners. On the other hand, if the lending is done only on the basis of cash flows, it makes room for willful defaults. In a situation where no collateral is taken, the borrower will not lose anything in willful default situations or genuine business failure. Collateral should only be a means of “hand twisting” and not a means of debt recovery. As such proper lending should be a combination of collateral based and cash flow based lending approaches placing more emphasis on cash flows. The problem with most banks is that they have no skills in cash flow based landing. Estimating cash flows based on the appraisal of past performance and the future prospects of the enterprise is a difficult task and it requires specific skills. If the lending is for a corporate, preparing cash flows is not a difficult task as almost all corporates maintain proper financial records. As most of SMEs do not maintain proper financial records, computing cash flows from unreliable and incomplete financial records is a very difficult task. The situation becomes more difficult for banks as most SMEs also do not have assets that are acceptable to banks as collateral. Therefore, it is essential for banks involved in SME lending to vigorously train their lending officers in cash flow based lending. In conclusion it can be said that if the structural weaknesses of SMEs are corrected and the reluctance of bankers to lend to SMEs are remedied, a smooth flow of funds from the banking sector to the SME sector could become a reality. 2. INTRODUCTION TO CREDIT 2.1. What is Credit: Most dictionaries indicate that the term “credit” is derived from the Latin word “credito” which simply means faith. It is an agreement by which something of value - goods, services or money is given in exchange for a promise to return at a later date. Credit encompasses any form of deferred payment. The person who extends credit is known as creditor or the lender and the person who accepts the credit is known as the debtor or the borrower. Credit does not necessarily require money and it can be applied in barter economies as well. Credit as a financial term refers to the granting of a loan and creating of a debt. The debt is created when the commercial lender (the bank) “effectively delivers” a credit to a customer at the request and acceptance of the customer. Credit is denominated by a unit of account.

XXII

2.2. Types of credit: Banks offer wide range of loans to their customers. Different forms and types of loans from banks to their customers are discussed below:

• Personal Loans and Business Loans. Personal loans are given to individuals to meet their personal needs such as consumption, education, housing, and purchase of consumer durables, purchase of vehicles and many other purposes. Here the primary consideration among many others is the individual’s personal income. Business Loans are given to any type of business mainly for the purposes of financing the activities of the business such as working capital, acquisition of fixes assets , for facilitating imports and exports(LCs, Packing Credit etc.) and also for facilitating contractual obligations(bid bonds, performance bonds etc.)

• Short term loans and long term loans. If the repayment period of a loan granted is less than one year it is called a short term loan and if the repayment period is more than one year it is called a term loan. Today, banks grant loans with very short repayment periods as short as one month and with very long repayment period as long as 30-35 years.

• Installment loans and revolving loans/Overdrafts. An installment loan is a loan that is repaid over a period of time with a set number of scheduled payments. Installments can be equated throughout the period or can be varied for each interval of payment. Installment can be adjusted to suite the borrowers’ cash flow. Revolving credit is a line of credit made available by the bank to a customer where the customer pays a commitment fee on the approved limit and allowed to use funds within the approved limit as and the borrower needs funds. Revolving credit can be taken out by both individuals and businesses. Interest is paid only on the utilized amount. When the borrower has excess cash, he can use that money to reduce the balance outstanding in the revolving loan.

• Secured Loans and Unsecured Loans. Secured loan is a loan in which the borrower pledges some assets (e.g. immovable or movable property, vehicles, and trading stocks) as collateral. In a secured loan, the lender is relieved to some extent of the financial risk (but not entirely) because it allows the lender to take over the collateralized asset in the event (subject to a legal procedure) the debt is not repaid properly. On the other hand, the borrower will receive more favorable terms if the debt is secured. The unsecured debt which is also called “clean” and not collateralized by a lien on any specific assets of the borrower. In a situation of a bankruptcy or liquidation secured lenders have priority over unsecured lenders.

2.3. Project Finance: Lending by banks can be basically grouped in to two; namely commercial lending and project lending. In commercial lending (sometimes called corporate lending and personal lending) the primary consideration for the lending decision is the

XXIII

borrower’s credibility and/or the collateral offered. In commercial lending, loans are always granted to people with wealth or with a regular monthly income and/or to people who can offer valuable and readily saleable assets as collateral. If a loan granted under this category is defaulted, the lender could resort to recover it from the borrower’s personal wealth or through the sale of collateral. In the other category of lending, namely project lending, where the primary consideration for the lending decision is the cash flow of the project to be funded and the collateral is considered as secondary criteria. This type of lending is also known as cash flow based lending. Project finance is the financing of a particular project, such as a tea factory, garment factory, hospital or a fleet of commercial vehicles which is repaid from the cash-flow of that project. Project finance is different from traditional forms of commercial finance because the financier principally looks to the revenues and assets of the project in order to service and secure the loan. In contrast to an ordinary borrowing situation, in project financing, the financier usually has little or no recourse to the non- project assets of the borrower or the owners of the borrowing entity. SME lending is a type of project lending. All principles applicable in project lending are applicable in SME lending.

3. CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT AND CREDITAPPROVAL PROCESS: 3.1 What is Credit Risk: Basle Committee Banking Supervision defined credit risk as follows;" Credit risk is most simply defined as the potential that a bank counter party will fall to meet its obligations in accordance with agreed terms. The goal of credit risk management is to maximize the bank's Risk- adjusted Rate of Return on capital (RAROC) by maintaining credit risk exposure within acceptable limits".

While financial institutions have faced difficulties over the years for a multitude of reasons, the major cause of serious banking problems continues to be directly related to lax credit standards for borrowers and counterparties, poor portfolio risk management, or a lack of attention to changes in economic or other circumstances that can lead to a deterioration in the credit standing of a bank’s counterparties. For most banks, loans are the largest and most obvious source of credit risk; however, other sources of credit risk exist throughout the activities of a bank, including in the banking book and in the trading book, and both on and off the balance sheet. Banks are increasingly facing credit risk (or counterparty risk) in various financial instruments other than loans, including acceptances, interbank transactions, trade financing, foreign exchange transactions, financial futures, swaps, bonds, equities, options, and in the extension of commitments and guarantees, and the settlement of transactions. Banks need to manage the credit risk inherent in the entire portfolio as well as the risk in individual credits or transactions. Banks should also consider the relationships between credit risk and other risks. The effective management of credit risk is a critical component of a comprehensive approach to risk management and essential to the long-term success of any banking organization. For most banks, loans are the largest and most obvious source of credit risk; however, other sources of credit risk exist throughout the activities of a bank, including in the banking book and in the trading book, and both on and off the balance sheet. Banks are increasingly facing credit risk (or counterparty risk) in various financial instruments other than loans, including acceptances, interbank transactions, trade financing, foreign exchange transactions, financial futures, swaps, bonds,

XXIV

equities, options, and in the extension of commitments and guarantees, and the settlement of transactions.

In order to maintain credit risk at acceptable levels, banks must operate within sound, well-defined credit-granting criteria. These criteria should include a clear indication of the bank’s target market and a thorough understanding of the borrower or counterparty, as well as the purpose and structure of the credit, and its source of repayment. 27. Establishing sound, well-defined credit-granting criteria is essential to approving credit in a safe and sound manner. The criteria should set out who is eligible for credit and for how much, what types of credit are available, and under what terms and conditions the credits should be granted. Banks must receive sufficient information to enable a comprehensive assessment of the true risk profile of the borrower or counterparty.

Once credit-granting criteria have been established, it is essential for the bank to ensure that the information it receives is sufficient to make proper credit-granting decisions. This information will also serve as the basis for rating the credit under the bank’s internal rating system. 29. Banks need to understand to whom they are granting credit. Therefore, prior to entering into any new credit relationship, a bank must become familiar with the borrower or counterparty and be confident that they are dealing with an individual or organization of sound repute and creditworthiness. In particular, strict policies must be in place to avoid association with individuals involved in fraudulent activities and other crimes. This can be achieved through a number of ways, including asking for references from known parties, accessing credit registries, and becoming familiar with individuals responsible for managing a company and checking their personal references and financial condition. However, a bank should not grant credit simply because the borrower or counterparty is familiar to the bank or is perceived to be highly reputable. 30. Banks should have procedures to identify situations where, in considering credits, it is appropriate to classify a group of obligors as connected counterparties and, thus, as a single obligor. This would include aggregating exposures to groups of accounts exhibiting financial interdependence, including corporate or non-corporate, where they are under common ownership or control or with strong connecting links (for example, common management, familial ties).5 Banks should also have procedures for aggregating exposures to individual clients across business activities.

Many banks participate in loan syndications or other such loan consortia. Some institutions place undue reliance on the credit risk analysis done by the lead underwriter or on external commercial loan credit ratings. All syndicate participants should perform their own due diligence, including independent credit risk analysis and review of syndicate terms prior to committing to the syndication. Each bank should analyze the risk and return on syndicated loans in the same manner as directly sourced loans. . Granting credit involves accepting risks as well as producing profits. Banks should assess the risk/reward relationship in any credit as well as the overall profitability

3.2. Need to be selective: Although, lending by banks mutually benefit both the bank and the borrower, every loan does not generate such benefits to both parties. Neither, the bank nor the borrower benefits on a long term basis from a loan that cannot be repaid. Therefore, banks should not grant loans to each and every customer who comes to the bank. There should be a reliable process to separate prospective bad borrowers from the prospective good borrowers. To identify the loans that should not be granted from the ones that should granted banks rely on an analytical and process(also called an appraisal process)

XXV

that begins either with an application (un-solicited)from a prospective borrower or with an interview between the bank and the prospective borrower followed with an application(Solicited) from him. During the first interview the banker (credit manager or the lending officer) needs to be able to ask rights questions and accurately interpret customer’s responses to those questions. All the required personal skills-listening and observing, expressing empathy, being positive and ethical is important during the interview and negotiation process with the customer. In the loan interviews, the lender should focus on efficient communication, effective questioning, note taking and professional behavior.

The credit approval process involved detailed analysis based on the information submitted by the prospective borrower about himself, financial statements of the business, business plans (if any), publically available information such as borrowers credit history, financial needs of the business and the borrower’s ability to service what he is intended to borrow. The lender should keep in mind that the story of a business may be completely different from what is portrayed in its balance sheets and income statements. What the banker gather during the interviews, credit investigations and negotiations would be more important and useful than what we gather from documents. Successful lending requires bankers who can correctly judge the human character, assess accurately financial records of the borrower, understand business circumstances (past and future) and negotiate effectively. Such skills cannot be programmed in to a computer and make the lending process mechanical and hence lending today is profession. An efficient loan processing which is also called “due diligence’ process has become so necessary for safe and sound lending by banks. The banks internationally adopt the Five 'C' s approach or Five' C's Analysis for credit due diligence to select good and reliable borrowers.

3.3 What is five Cs Analysis?: Every bank has a set of standards and guidelines specific to that bank, to be followed by officers who are involved in lending when processing an application from a prospective borrower. Although, different banks follow different standards and guidelines in their credit processes, there are some common elements or components in any credit approval process followed by any bank. The lending process of any bank is facilitated by 5 financial analysis tools. These 5 analysis tools are Character, Capacity, Capital, Collateral and Conditions. These tools are very helpful guides in credit analysis for the banker to come to a decision. These 5 tools used in credit analysis are commonly called the 5 Cs of credit. Of these 5 Cs, Capital, Capacity and Collateral form the basis for quantitative financial analysis. Character and Conditions are subjective and the analysis of these 2Cs will depend on the perception of the banker. The Five 'C' s used in credit analysis is described in following chapters.

4. FIVE 'C's CREDIT ANALYSIS - CHARACTER (FIRST ‘C’)

4.1 Basic question for lenders: Every lending decision should answer a basic question. Is the borrower of sound character and does he/she has management capability run the business efficiently, make money and repay the loan?. When the lenders are required to find answers

XXVI

to this question, they need to look in to two aspects of the borrower which are discussed in detail under a) and b) in the following paragraphs. a) Personal character traits of the borrower If the borrower is an individual, the Credit Analyst should analyze character of that individual. If the borrower is a large company with several owners/shareholders, the analyst should analyze the personal characters of the principal shareholders. For the purpose of making lending decisions, character is defined as the customer’s willingness and determination to repay the loan regardless of the unforeseen adversity. Personal character of a customer includes personal qualities such as honesty, openness, integrity and self- discipline. In addition to these character traits, family and other personal issues which could have an impact on the overall stability of the business and affect the customers loan repayment performance. The customers’ ability to withstand many different sources of stress simultaneously and still make sound business decisions is an important character trait of a borrower which will help in credit decision. When assessing the character in credit decisions, the bankers should take in to account not only the character of the primary customer but also that of the family members, employees and also principal customers if the business is dependent on a very few of them. Customers, suppliers, creditors The personal character of the borrower is the catalyst that transforms the expectations goals and projection of a business in to realities. A key factor in the long term success of a business is how well the owner/s of a business can look in to the future; understand dynamics of the market place and chart the best direction for the business in a well thought of business strategy. Since, even the best thought of business strategies can change, the person’s true character is revealed in how well he or she can adapt to changed circumstances and make adjustment to the original business strategy to suite the changed environment and various business partners provide valuable insights in to the character of a prospective borrower. Over dependence on the personal character in credit decisions is always not a sound and prudent practice in lending.

In some cases, the character of a borrower has less to do with subjective feeling of the lender about the borrower’s trustworthiness, honesty and moral beliefs and more to do with his bills paying habits, the way they conduct their business affairs and the way they respond to adversity b) Financial performance of the business:

If the borrowing enterprise is an existing business and the requested loan is for an expansion of the existing business, the assessment of the character of a prospective borrower should also Include the analysis of the financial performance of the business in the past. The analysis of the past financials of a business will indicate the character of the business. This analysis will also indicate whether the borrower has been capable of running his business efficiently and

XXVII

make profits. The best intensions in the world cannot repay a loan if an income is not generated from the business and such income is managed properly. Only a proper analysis of financial statements would indicate whether the business is generating profits and such profits are manage properly. If the lender is to make any real sense of the figures in the financial statements those figures should be properly analyzed using a financial tool known as “ratios”.

5. WHAT ARE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial statements show from where a company’s money came from, where it went, and where it is now. Financial statements are a collection of reports outlining the financial activities of a business, an individual or any other organization. Basically, financial statements will show transactions relating to incomes and expenses of a business for a particular period and assets and liabilities of a business as at a particular date. Some of the information requires little or no analysis to understand. If the income statement shows an operating loss, the seriousness of that problem is fairly self-evident. However, to understand the financial conditions of a business from the financial statements, some analysis or interpretation of same is required.

5.1 Parties interested in financial statements: There are three groups of individuals that have an interest in financial statement analysis. These groups are: a) Investors/owners are interested in financial statements to evaluate whether the business is generating a return on their investments. b) Bankers usually require that borrowers who have existing businesses to submit financial statements before granting loans to ascertain the firm’s financial condition and its prospects for the future. c) Managers are the group that has the most interest in financial statement analysis as they need to discover quickly any area of mismanagement and deviations from the original plans so that corrective action can be quickly taken.

5.2 Types of financial statements: The types of financial statement a business may prepare will vary according to the size, type, industry and ownership of the businesses. However, any business will prepare at least three types of financial statements. These three types of financial statements are: a) Income statement Income statements are also known as Profit and Loss or P&L Account. The income statement shows all items of income and expenses of a business. It reflects a specific time

XXVIII

period such as week, month, quarter and one year. So, an Income Statement/Profit & Loss Account for the 12 months period ended 31st December 2014 will show revenue and expenses for January to December in 2012 period. An income statement is a report that shows how much revenue a firm has earned over a specific time period (usually for a year or some portion of a year). An income statement also shows the costs and expenses associated with earning that revenue. The literal “bottom line” of the statement usually shows the company’s net earnings or losses. This tells you how much the company earned or lost over the period. b) Balance sheet Accounting is based upon a double entry system - for every entry into the books there has to be an opposite an equal entry. The net effect of the entries is zero, which results in books being balanced. The proof of this balancing act is shown in the balance sheet when Assets = outside Liabilities + Equity. The balance sheet shows the financial health of a business from day one to the date on the balance sheet. Balance Sheets are always dated on the last day of the reporting period. If the starting date of a business is say on 1st January 2008 and if the balance sheet is dated 31st December 1014, the balance sheet will show the results of operations of the business from 1st January 2008 to 31st December 1014.The balance sheet provides detailed information about a company’s assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. Some of the balance sheet items are explained below: The balance sheet provides detailed information about a company’s assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. Some of the balance sheet items are explained below: i) Assets of a business are of two types; namely current assets and fixed assets. Fixed assets are those assets used to operate the business but that are not available for sale, such as land building, plant & machinery, trucks and office furniture. Current assets are assets that a business expects to convert in to cash within period less than one year. Good examples are stocks and debtors. ii) Liabilities are amounts of money that a company owes to others, may be to lenders or supplies of goods and services. Liabilities are said to be either current or long-term. Current liabilities are obligations a company expects to pay off within a period of less than one year. Long-term liabilities are obligations due for payment in more than one year. iii) Owner’s equity is sometimes called owner’s capital or net worth. It’s the money that would be left if a company sold all of its assets and paid off all of its liabilities. This leftover money belongs to the owner/s, of the business.

XXIX

c) Statement of Cash Flows The statement of cash flow shows the ins and outs or receipts and payments of cash during the reporting period. The difference between the profit and loss statement and a statement of cash flows is that profit and loss statements take in to account all the incomes and expenses relevant or applicable to that period irrespective of whether the business has actually received incomes or paid for the expenses incurred. Items that don’t immediately affect cash such as depreciation, accounts receivable and accounts payable are treated as non-cash items and will not appear in cash flows but will appear in profit and loss statements. While an income statement can indicate whether the business has made a profit or loss, a cash flow statement can only indicate whether operation during the reporting period had generated a cash surplus or a deficit. The cash surplus does not mean a profit and also a cash deficit does not mean a loss. It uses and re-arrange the information from the balance sheet and income statement of the business.

6. WORKING CAPITAL: This is the amount of money required to finance the operations of a project up to the point of generating a cash surplus from operations. This is also known as working capital cycle or cash to cash cycle. Items included in the working capital cycle are:

i). Stocks of raw material (Including materials in transit, if any) ii). Work-in Progress iii). Stock of Finished goods iv). Debtors Minus v). Creditors vi). Short term borrowings/Overdrafts

The first four items (i-iv) shown above are known as current assets and the total of current assets is known as Gross Working Capital. Items shown under v and iv are known as current liabilities. The difference between the Gross Working Capital (ie total current assets) and the total current liabilities is known as Net Working Capital .Thais is the amount that should be taken in to the computation of Cost of Project. 7. BREAKEVEN POINT: Investors and bankers also use Breakeven Analysis to ascertain the level of risk involved in a business The breakeven point is the level of revenue of a business where total revenues equals total expenses. In other words, the break-even point is the situation where a business achieves the same amount of revenues which equals the total expenses of that business during a manufacturing process or an accounting period. Since the revenue equals expenses the profit for the period will be zero. At this level of operations the Business didn’t lose any money during the period, but it also didn’t make any profit either. It simply broke even. If the BEP is high the risk of that business will be high and vice versa.

XXX

XXXI

- LECTURE NOTE 02

1.1 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continuation of analysis of first C)

Financial statements analysis is the process of examining relationships among elements of the financial statements and making comparisons with relevant information. It is a valuable tool used by investors, creditors, financial analysts, owners, managers and others in their decision-making process. In order to explain the analysis of financial statements a case study has been used. For this purpose, the Profits and Loss statements of ABC LTD for 3 years ended 31st December 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheets as at end of these 3 years has been used. There are several methods to analyze financial statements. The widely used three methods of analysis are horizontal analysis, vertical analysis and ratio analysis. The first two methods of analysis are mainly used by managers as a management tool to monitor the operations of the business. Lenders, investors and other outside interested parties mainly use the third method of analysis, for their purposes. Bankers are more interested in the ratio analysis and hence only a detailed description of ratio analysis is carried out here. For the purpose of analysis, a typical Balance Sheet and a Profit and Loss statement are given in attachment 01 and 02

1.2 RATIO ANALYSIS In the ratio analysis of financial statements, the credit analyst examines the relationships between items in the financial statements. Financial ratios illustrate relationships between different aspects of the operations of a business and provide relative measures of its conditions and performance. A ratio is a simple mathematical expression of the relationship of a numerical number with another. Financial ratios may provide clues and symptoms of the financial condition and indications of potential problem areas. Financial ratios generally hold no meaning unless they are compared against something else, like past performance, another company/competitor or industry average. Thus, the ratios of firms in different industries, which face different conditions, are usually hard to compare. Financial ratios can be calculated based the profit and loss statements or balance sheets or combining both statements.

1.3. DIFFERENT TYPES OF FINANCIAL RATIOS The financial ratios can be broadly categorized in to 5 as shown below: a) Profitability ratios b) Efficiency ratios c) Liquidity ratios d) Gearing ratios/Financing ratios

XXXII

a) Profitability ratios

One of the most important measures of the success of a business is its profitability. There are 4 commonly used financial ratios. These 4 types of profitability ratios and how to compute them are described below using the profit and loss statements given as attachment 01 of this document i) Gross profit to Sales Ratio:

This is also known as gross profit margin. This ratio tells us something about the business's ability consistently to control its production costs or to manage the margins its makes on products it manufactures or buys and sells. Whilst sales turnover value and volumes may move up and down significantly, efficient businesses will endeavor to maintain the gross profit margin constantly or increasing it. A small increase (or decrease) in the gross margin can produce a substantial change in overall profit .Formulae for the Gross profit to turnover ratio is as follows:

Gross Profit X 100 = Gross Profit Margin (%) Turnover

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 01, the gross profit ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows:

Year ended 31st December 2012 2013 2014

Gross Profit 950 x100 = 38.0% 497x 100 =17.8% 973x 100 =30.4% Turnover 2500 2800 3200

The gross profit margin has dropped substantially from 38.0% in 2012 to 17.8% in 2013.The analyst should find reason for this. By analyzing at the items between the turnover and the gross profit, the analyst will be able to find the reason .In this case the main reason for the drop in the gross margin is the increase in the cost of raw materials consumed. The cost of raw materials consumed as a percentage of sales have increased from 38% in 2012 to 53.6% in 2013.The analyst should find reasons for this and make sure this increasing trend will not continue. This ratio has come down to 40.6% in 2014.The management have taken steps to arrest the adverse trend.

XXXIII

ii) Net profit to sales ratio:

This ratio is also known as net margin. This ratio shows the net margin the business is earning on its sales. If the gross margin of a business is constant over the period, the operating profit margin shows the analyst ability of the business to control its other operating costs or overheads shown between the gross profit line and the net profit line. Formulae for the net profit to sales ratio is as follows:

Net Profit X 100 = Net Profit Margin (%) Turnover

Using the Profit and Loss statements in the attachment 01, the net profit ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows:

Year ended 31st December 2012 2013 2014

Net Profit 477 x 100 = 19.1% 87x 100 =3.1% 520 x 100 =16.3% Turnover 2500 2800 3200

The net profit to sales ratio of ABC Ltd has dropped from 19.1% in 2012 to 3.1% in 2013. The examination of expense items between gross profit and the net profit reveals that the business has been able to manage efficiently these expense items and the reason for the drop is the increased cost of raw materials consumed which resulted in the drop of the gross margin. iii) Return on capital employed (ROCE):

ROCE is sometimes referred to as the "primary ratio"; it tells the analyst what returns the management has made on the resources use in the business made available to them before making any distribution of those returns to providers of capital. The formulae for the ROCE ratio are as follows:

NP+ Int LT x 100 = ROCE (%) Equity +Term loans

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 01 and balance sheets in attachment 02, the ROCE ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows:

XXXIV

2012 2013 2014

477+120 x 100 =36.7% 87+100 x100 = 11.6% 520+80 x 100 =26.3% 1227+400 1314+300 2084+200

Different analyst use different methods of calculating the above ratio. Some include even the short term borrowings as part of the total capital employed. However, the above calculation includes only the term funds as total capital employed. If we include short term borrowings, then it is necessary to adjust return figure by including interest on such short borrowings. Some analysts take the average of the capital employed (capital at the beginning of the year +capital at the end of the year/ 2).Some analysts add back tax to net profit and do not treat it as a cost to the business. Return on Capital Employed should always be higher than the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) iv). Return on equity (ROE):

The amount of net income expressed as a percentage of owner’s equity. Return on equity measures a firm’s profitability by revealing how much profit a firm generates with the money owners have invested. Some industries have high return on equity because they require less capital invested. Other industries require large investments. It is not a fair conclusion that the industries with a higher Return on Equity ratio are better investment than the lower ones. Here the analyst should inquire in to the environment within which the industry operates. Generally, the industries which are capital-intensive and with a low return on equity have a limited competition .Entry may be difficult. But, the industries with high return on equity and small assets bases have a much higher competition because it is a lot easier for new comers to enter. The formula for the ROE ratio is as follows:

Net profit x 100 = ROE (%) Equity

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 1 and balance sheets in attachment 2, the ROE ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows:

2012 2013 2014

477 x 100 = 38.9% 87 x 100 = 6.6% 520 x 100 =24.9% 1227 1314 2084

XXXV

b). Efficiency Ratios: These ratios are also known as Activity Ratios measure how rapidly and efficiently the business converts current assets such stocks and debtors in to sales. Activity ratios can provide a firm with information on historical trends, enabling it to implement changes if necessary. These ratios also help investors and managers keep track of how well a firm is performing in comparison to other firms in the industry. There are 5 widely used efficiency ratios. These 5efficiency ratios are discussed below. i) Stock turnover ratio: This ratio is generally computed only for finished goods stocks meant for sale and not for raw material stocks meant for internal use. The stock turnover is an activity ratio that measures the number of times on an average the trading stock is sold and replaced. A low stock turnover ratio is a signal of inefficiency. This may be due to various reasons such as problems encountered in selling, over stocking or obsolete stocks. Higher ratio resulting from strong sales is good indicator. Higher stock turnover ratio does not necessarily imply a good situation. A higher ratio sometimes can be a result of ineffective buying of stocks. If the firm buys too often in small quantities it will be expensive and the firm will lose bulk discounts. Keeping high level of stocks is expensive while low level of stocks may result in losing customers. Hence, the management should decide the best appropriate level of stocks for the smooth running of the business. The formula for the stock turnover ratio is as follows:

Cost of goods sold = Stock Turnover Ratio (....Times) Average Stocks

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 1 and balance sheets in attachment 2, the stock turnover ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows: (Since we do not have figures for 2001, average figures for 2012 cannot be calculated. Hence year end figure has been used for 2012)

2012 2013 2014 1550=10.3 times 2303 =14.1 times 2227 = 12.5 times 150 162.5 177.5

The cost of sales is the cost incurred in acquiring goods or cost incurred in manufacturing them. It is the difference between sales and gross profit. Ratio for 2013 is unusually high due to the high cost of sales (due to high cost of raw materials consumed) and almost same level of stocks. In reality if the cost of sales is high the value of stocks also should be high. If

XXXVI

we use the rule of thumb mentioned above (i.e. Gross margin x Stock turnover ratio =More than 100) this ratio seems to be very satisfactory. ii) Stock resident period: The stock resident period indicates the average number of days that stock is held for by the business after it is purchased or manufactured in house. A firm needs to carefully plan and manage its stock levels. Ideally, it must avoid tying up too much money in stock, yet the stock levels must always be sufficient to meet customer demand. A change in the stock resident period can be a useful indicator of how well a company is doing. A lengthening in the stock resident period may indicate a slowing down of trading or an unnecessary buildup of stock. The formula for the ratio is as follows:

Number of days for the year (365 days) Stock turnover ratio

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 1 and balance sheets in attachment 2, the stock turnover ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows: (Since we do not have figures for 2011, average figures for 2012 cannot be calculated. Hence year end figure has been used for 2012)

2012 2013 2014 365= 36 days 365= 26 days 365 = 30days 10.3 14.1 12.5

The ratio appears reasonable. The Firm collects debt within a period of around one month. iii) Debtors Turnover ratio: Some firms make their sales entirely for cash and some firms entirely on credit. There are some firms make a part of their sales for cash and a part on credit. Ratio is applicable only for credit sales. If all sales are cash this ratio is not relevant .Most firms offer their customers credit in order to increase their sales. However, giving credit to customers incurs an opportunity cost as the cash is tied up in financing debtors, and there is also the risk of the debts not being paid. Therefore, Firms will normally seek to collect their debts as soon as possible. The formula for the stock turnover ratio is as follows:

Debtors turnover ratio = Credit sales Average Debtors

XXXVII

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 01 and balance sheets in attachment 02 and assuming that all sales are on credit, the Debtors Turnover Ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows: (Since we do not have figures for 2011, average figures for 2020 cannot be calculated. Hence year end figure has been used for 2010)

2012 2013 2014 2500 =16.6 times 2800= 22.0 times 3200 = 18.3 times 150 127.5 175

Debtors’ turnover ratio indicates the number of times the debtors are turned over within a year. The higher the value of debtors’ turnover ratio the more efficient is the management of debtors or more liquid the debtors are. Similarly, low debtors turnover ratio implies inefficient management of debtors or less liquid debtors. It is the reliable measure of the time of cash flow from credit sales. There is no rule of thumb which may be used as a norm to interpret the ratio as it may be different from firm to firm. iv). Debtors collection period: The debtors’ collection period (in days or months) provides an indication of how successful (or efficient) the debt collection process of the firm has been. It measures the number of days or months that it takes a firm on average to collect their debts. Firms often allow a period of credit to their customers, but it is important for their cash flow that they do not take too long to collect their debts. The length of the collection period indicates the effectiveness with which a firm's management grants credit and collects from customers. A short period is desirable because the firm obtains cash more quickly for use in the business. The formula for the ratio is as follows:

Number of days for the year = Debtors collection period Debtors’ turnover ratio

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 1 and balance sheets in attachment 2, the stock turnover ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows: (Since we do not have figures for 2011 average figures for 2012 cannot be calculated. Hence year end figure has been used for 2012).

2012 2013 2014 365 =22 days 365 = 17 days 365 =20days 16.6 22.0 18.3

The ratio appears reasonable. The Firm collects debt within a period of around 20 days.

XXXVIII

c) Liquidity ratios Liquidity of a firm refers to the amount of cash it can generate quickly to settle its current liabilities when there is a demand from the creditors or lenders of short term debts. Current liabilities of a business ( items such as accrued expenses ,trade creditors and short term borrowings ) are normally payable on demand .A reasonable level of liquidity is essential to meet such demands .The firms either should have cash or other current assets (such as stocks and debtors) which can be converted to cash without a much delay or a loss. If the firm does not have sufficient cash or current assets it will be compelled to dispose of fixed assets to meet the demand from creditors disrupting the smooth operations of the business. The poor liquidity management is one of the main reasons for business failures.

There are two commonly used liquidity ratios .These ratios are discussed below: i) Current Ratio: The current ratio compares a company’s liquid assets (ie cash and those assets held which will soon be turned into cash) with short-term liabilities (payables/creditors due within one year). The higher the ratio more liquid is the firm. As liquidity is vital, a higher current ratio is normally preferred to a lower one. However, a very high ratio may suggest that funds are being tied up in cash or other liquid assets which assets are not earning any return. Caution should always be exercised when trying to draw definite conclusions on the liquidity of a firm the current ratio use figures from the balance sheet. The balance sheet is only a ‘snapshot’ of the financial position at the end of a specific period. It is possible that the balance sheet figures are not representative of the liquidity position during the year. This may be due to exceptional factors, or simply because the business is seasonal in nature and the balance sheet figures represent the cash position at just one particular point in the cycle. When analyzing the current ratio the analyst should pay the attention to the quality of the current assets used in the calculation. The firm might have very high level of stocks and debtors giving a very high current ratio but if the stocks are unsalable or if the debtors are uncollectable such current ratios do not reflect the actual liquidity position of the business. The formula for the ratio is as follows:

Current assets = current ratio Current Liabilities

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 01 and balance sheets in attachment 02, the Current ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows:

XXXIX

2012 2013 2014 912 = 4.9 : 1 1009 = 5.2 :1 1429 = 7.7 :1 195 245 185

Generally the bankers expect a business to maintain a current ratio of 2:1.The ABC LTD has more favorable ratios throughout. ii) Acid test ratio: A stricter test of liquidity is the acid test ratio (also known as the quick ratio) which excludes stock as a current asset. This approach can be justified because for many firms, the stocks cannot be readily converted into cash. In a period of severe cash shortage, a firm may be forced to sell it’s at a discount to ensure sales incurring massive losses. Like in the case of current ratio, Caution should always be exercised when trying to draw definite conclusions on the liquidity of a company, as acid test ratio use figures from the balance sheet. The balance sheet is only a ‘snapshot’ of the financial position at the end of a specific period. It is possible that the balance sheet figures are not representative of the liquidity position during the year. This may be due to exceptional factors, or simply because the business is seasonal in nature and the balance sheet figures represent the cash position at just one particular point in the cycle. When analyzing the acid test ratio, the analyst should pay attention to the quality of the assets used in the calculation. The firm might have very high level of debtors and other current assets giving a very high current ratio but if the debtors are uncollectable, such acid test ratios do not reflect the actual liquidity position of the business. The formula for the ratio is as follows:

Current assets-stocks = current ratio Current Liabilities Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 1 and balance sheets in attachment 2, the Acid test ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows: 2012 2013 2014 Current assets 912 -160=4.0:1 1009 -315= 3.6:1 1429-348=4.4:1 Current liabilities 185 195 245

The above ratio shows for one MVR worth of current liability how many MVR worth of current assets are available. In the above example in 2012 , the company has had MVR 4.0 worth of current assets to meet MVR1.0 worth of current liabilities. Generally the bankers expect a business to maintain an acid test ratio of 1:1.The ABC LTD has more favorable ratios throughout.

XL

d) Gearing ratios Gearing ratios concentrate on the effect of the capital structure on the business. The ratio compares owner’s equity with borrowed funds. Gearing is a measure of financial leverage, demonstrating the degree to which a firm's activities are funded by owner's funds versus creditor's funds. The more leverage a firm has, the riskier that firm may be. As with most ratios, the acceptable level of leverage is determined by comparing ratios of like businesses in the same industry. A firm with high gearing (high leverage) is more vulnerable to downturns in the business cycle because it must continue to service its debt regardless of how bad sales are. A larger proportion of equity provides a cushion and is seen as a measure of financial strength. There are two commonly used gearing ratios. These two ratios are discussed below: i) Debt/Equity ratios: The debt /equity ratio (also known as gearing ratio) measures the extent to which a firm is financed by outside parties. The level of debt/equity in a firm is an important factor in assessing risk profile of a business. A firm that has borrowed money obviously has a commitment to pay future interest charges and make capital repayments. This sometimes becomes a financial burden and possibly increases the risk of insolvency. Most firms will always have debt financing to some extent. The debt/equity ratio measures the firm’s commitments to its long-term lenders against the owner’s equity.. The formula for the ratio is as follows:

Total term loans =Debt: equity ratio Total term funds (Total term loans+ equity)

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 1 and balance sheets in attachment 2, the Debt: equity ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows:

2012 2013 2014

Total term loans 400 = 22:78 300 =19:81 200 =9:91 Total term loans+ equity 1812 1614 2284

In the above example in the year 2012 of the total capital employed (equity + term loans) ,22% is debt finance while 78% is equity financed. Generally, acceptable Debt: equity ratio for a SME project is around 70:30 at the time of financing. From the above ratios it can be said that the ABC LTD is a highly low geared firm. Financing of such a firm has very low risk.

XLI

ii) Debt Service Cover Ratio (DSCR): Debt service cover ratio essentially measures the repayment capacity of a borrower. This ratio suggests the capability of the cash profits of a business to meet the repayment of the loan with interest due. Just a year’s analysis of DSCR does not lead to any concrete conclusion about the debt servicing capability of a firm.A DSCR of one indicates that a company's net cash flow is just sufficient to cover its periodic debt service payments. DSCR of greater than one is always preferable and correlate more strongly with a company's ability to repay its outstanding debts. Conversely, values of less than one indicate that a company is unable to generate income sufficient enough to cover its payments. The formula for the ratio is as follows:

PBID- Tax = ...times Interest on term loans+ Installment

Using the Profit and loss statements in the attachment 01 and balance sheets in attachment 02, the DSCR ratio for ABC LTD can be calculated as follows: 2012 2013 2014 750-53 = 5.8times 297-10 =1.4times 758-58= 3.9 times 120+100 100+100 80+100

The acceptable minimum DSCR for a SME project is around 1.2 times. From the above ratios it can be said that the DSCR of ABC LTD is substantially high (except in 2011) as the firm is low geared. More money is left to owners as they have provided more money to the firm when compared with lenders. Financing of such a firm has very low risk. The interpretation of the ratio should be done linking it the firm’s Debt: Equity ratio. If the firm is low geared it will have a higher DSCR and I fit is high geared it will have a low DSCR.

XLII

- LECTURE NOTE 03.

1. ASSESSMENT OF REPAYMENT CAPACITY (2nd C)

1.1. Cash flow approach: Assessment of a borrower to repay what he borrowed is done based on future cash flows of the business. This is the approach adopted in SME lending. The primary security in SME lending is the future cash flows of the business and hence estimating the future cash flows of the business is the most important task in SME lending. Generally in SME lending the lenders will note has the comfort of immovable collateral. The estimated cash flows should be realistic and reliable as the entire decision is based on these cash flows. In order to estimate the future cash flows, the lending officers need to go through a process called project appraisal to gather the necessary information to estimate the cash flows. Using the estimated cash flows the lending officer need to calculate some ratios called viability ratios to ascertain whether the business/project is financially viable and whether it has the capacity to service its debt commitments. The main ratio that indicates whether the borrower is capable of servicing its debt commitments is known as Debt Service Cover Ratio (DSCR).

1.2 Debt Service Cover Ratio: Capacity refers to the borrower's ability to generate sufficient earnings from the business to promptly service his current and future financial obligations to outside parties keeping an adequate margin for his personal needs and family obligations, capital replacements and accumulation of reserves for adversity. Capacity can also be defined as the management’s ability to generate adequate excess cash to meet all internal and external obligations. With the emphasis on cash, some commercial lenders refer to capacity simply as cash flow. Bankers can resort to two sources of repayment; namely the primary source and the secondary source. Primary source is the cash generated from the earnings of the business and the secondary source is the cash generated from the sale of collateral. However, for an efficient banker, the capacity means only the capacity of the primary source of repayment .At the time of the credit decision, the banks never consider collateral as a source of repayment. Cash flow has therefore become synonymous with capacity and it is the quantitative determination of one’s ability to service a debt.

Once the lender is satisfied with the EBIDA estimation, it will be compared with the current debt obligations (capital installments and interest payments fallen due for the period) of the business. When revolving lines of credit are present, the lender may use the interest due on the average outstanding balance. However it will be more prudent to calculate the interest payment as if the line of credit is fully utilized. The resulting ratio is called the Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR). The DSCR is simply EBIDA/Interest + installments. In most cases, the lender will want cash flow from operations to exceed debt service by at least 20 percent. Therefore the DSCR should be greater than 1.20 times. What this mean? If the net cash flow of a business is 120 ,the borrower needs 100 to service debt ( 120/100 =1.2 times) and he is left only with 20 to meet other requirements such as building reserves for adversity,

XLIII

replacement of capital assets and also as a return on his investment. However, the minimum DSCR required will vary from borrower to borrower depending on the other aspects of the borrower. Gearing of the borrower is one such aspect, the banker should consider in deciding the acceptability of the DSCR. If the borrower is very high geared (i.e. more debt compared with debt) DSCR of 1.2 times may be acceptable. However, if the borrower has more equity when compared with debt DSCR should be higher than 1.2 times as 20 left for him may not be adequate to compensate his high equity.

2. FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS:

As mentioned above, the capacity of a borrowing enterprise is calculated based on the future cash flows or projected cash flows of the enterprise. The lending officers should therefore be very conversant with how to prepare future cash flows of a business. In estimating the amount of cash available for debt serving the, lending officer should take in to account all inflows and outflows (Capital and recurrent). The requests from an enterprise for a loan is always either to finance an expansion of an existing business or to finance a new venture. In both situations, the bank will treat the expansion or the new venture as a "Project". In order to assess the future cash flows of a business, the banker need to go through a long process examining and analyzing in detail several areas relating to the project. The information collected during appraisal of these areas, the banker collect information and data relevant to the project and in the financial appraisal convert these information and data in to monetary values. The end result of estimating the monetary values of a project is the future cash flow of that project.

2.1 Project Appraisal. The decision whether to approve or reject a loan to finance a project is based on a detailed appraisal of the project. Appraisal of projects involves a careful checking of the basic data, assumptions and methodology used in project formulation, an in- depth review of the work plan, cost estimates and proposed financing, an assessment of the project's organizational and management aspects, and finally the validity of the financial, economic and financial benefits expected from the project. On the basis of such an assessment, a judgment is reached as to whether the project is technically sound, economically desirable and financially viable. The main areas to be appraised when a project is considered for financing a) Market Appraisal: The first step in project appraisal is to ascertain whether the product or the service to be sold by the borrowing enterprise has a market and whether they are capable of selling the product/service in that market. This is known as market appraisal and the objective of market appraisal is to find out; - The quantity that the borrowing firm can sell - The price at which that quantity can be sold

XLIV

In order to find answers to the two basic questions raised above, the bankers need to understand few other concepts in marketing. The products that are sold in the market place can be categorized in to three types namely;

- Consumer products (end product consumed by consumers) - Intermediate products (used as raw materials/inputs to produce a consumer product) - Capital goods (such as plant and machinery used to produce consumer or intermediate goods).

The market is the place where sellers and buyers meet and negotiate buying and selling transaction. The market can be a physical place where buyer and seller meets faced to face or it can be electronic or other media on which the transaction is negotiated and concluded. Online buying and telemarketing are very common these days. There are 4 types of markets where the goods and services are sold. Types of markets are:

- Single buyer markets (There is only one buyer for the products of the project) - Regional market (product/service is sold only in the area where the project is located) - National market (Product/service is sold throughout the country) - International market (product/service is sold in the overseas market).

In order to undertake a proper market appraisal, the banker should know the type of the product to be produced and also the type of the market in which the product is to be sold. The market analysis consists of the analysis of 4 Ps relating to the product/service. The four Ps, often referred to as the marketing mix, are all constrained by internal and external factors in the overall environment. The market analysis is carried out under the following 4 Ps.

i) Product ii) Price iii) Place iv) Promotion i) Product: When analyzing the product, the banker should first examine the followings relating to the product

- What does the customer wants from the product/service? - What needs does it satisfy? - What features does it have to meet these needs? - How and where will the customer use it?

XLV

- What does it look like? How will customers experience it? - What size(s), color(s), and so on, should it be? - How is it branded? - How is it differentiated versus competitors? - What is the most it can cost to provide, and still be sold sufficiently profitably? (See also - Price, below).

Once the product features are identified the analyst estimates the demand for and the supply of the product in the market where the product is to be sold. As mentioned earlier the market may be single buyer, regional, national or international. There are various methods to estimate the demand for a product .Main methods used in estimating the demand for a product are:

- Trend analysis-Extrapolation - Moving average method - Per capita consumption method

Once the demand for product is estimated, the analyst should look at the supply side to determine the present level of supply .In determining the supply for product the analyst should look at the following areas:

- Imports - Local production - Present capacity mutilation - Plans for capacity expansion - Increase expected in the consumer base.

Based on the above estimates, the analyst estimates the difference between the demand and the supply. The difference can be a Gap meaning that the estimated demand is higher than the estimated supply. Here a new project can be justified. Sometimes the difference can be a surplus meaning estimated supply is more than the estimated demand. If this is the situation, a new projector an expansion of an existing business cannot be justified. If the estimated demand consist of imports and the surplus is mainly due to imports, still anew project can be justified provided the new project is capable of substituting imports. At the end of this analysis the analyst should estimate the share of the market gap the new project is planning to capture. The borrowing enterprise should have a strategy to capture that market share.

XLVI

ii) Price: Once the market share for the project is estimated, a price for the product/service should be determined. Pricing is one of the most important elements of the 4 Ps as it is the only factor which generates a turnover for the organization. Pricing is difficult and must reflect supply and demand relationship. Pricing a product/service too high or too low could mean a loss of sales for the organization. When deciding a price for a product/service, two basic factors should be taken in to considerations. These two factors are:

- Cost of Production - Competition

A suitable price should be within these two boundaries. The pricing strategy of an enterprise will depend on what objectives the firm has set to achieve. Different methods of pricing are described below:

- Penetration Pricing: The firm sets a low price initially to penetrate the market and catch a market share. Once a market share is captured the price will be gradually revised upward. The cost production will be ignored initially. - Skimming Pricing: The firm initially sets a very high price and skims the market making very high profits before the competition sets in. Once the competition is set in price will be gradually reduced and the product will be made available to a wider market - Competition pricing: A price is set taking in to account the price of competitors. Bench mark for the price is the price of the competitors. The price set can be higher, lower or equal the price of competitors. - Premium Pricing: The price set is higher than the market price to create an impression that this product is superior to the other products available in the market. Premium pricing will create exclusiveness. - Cost plus pricing: The firm adds a percentage or a mark-up to the cost of production and fixes the price. - Return on Investment: The firm first decide the Return on investment (ROI)it wants (say 20%) and convert it to monetary value (say MVR 10.0Mn).If the sales volume of the business is , say 250,000 units, each unit should have a mark –up of MVR 40.00. iii) Place: Although figures vary widely from product to product, roughly a fifth of the cost of a product goes on getting it to the customer. 'Place' also known as distribution is concerned with various methods of transporting and storing goods, and then making them available for the customer. Getting the right product to the right place at the right time involves the distribution system. The choice of distribution method will depend on a variety of

XLVII

circumstances. Methods of distributing a product will vary from firm to firm and from product to product. Main methods of product distributions are:

- Ex-factory –buyers will have to come to the factory to buy the product - Whole sellers- producer will distribute the product to its appointed agents or whole sellers. - Retailers-producer will distribute the product to retailers - Own out lets-Producer will sell the product through its own outlets. Or - Combination of two or more of all methods mentioned above. iv) Promotion: Promotion is the means of communicating with customers. The effective communication will provide information that will assist them and influencing them in making a decision to purchase a product or service. This is the strategy the firm will follow to reach and influence its customers to by its products over other products available in the market. The strategy may include advertising, promotional campaigns or personal selling. The cost associated with promotion or advertising goods and services often represents a sizeable proportion of the overall cost of producing an item. However, successful promotion increases sales so that advertising and other costs are spread over a larger output.

In conclusion it can be said that to be a right marketing mix, it should have the following features:

- The product has to have the right features - for example, it must look good and work well. - The price must be right. Consumer will need to buy in large numbers to produce a healthy profit. - The goods must be in the right place at the right time. Making sure that the goods arrive when and where they are wanted is an important operation. - The target group needs to be made aware of the existence and availability of the product through promotion. Successful promotion helps a firm to spread costs over a larger output b) Technical Appraisal: By appraising the market, the credit analyst could find out the demand for the product or the quantity that can be sold and the price at which that quantity can be sold. Through the Technical appraisal we try to find out;

- How to produce the product

XLVIII

- What will be the cost of production

The first step in technical appraisal is the selection, development or identifying the most suitable and cost effective way of producing the product. The way of producing the product is called the “production Process”. Production process is a planned series of actions or operations through which raw materials are transformed or converted into a final product. Once the production process and the list of machinery are finalized, a layout for the installation of machinery has to be designed in a manner to achieve the maximum efficiency. A proper machinery layout will reduce the wastage, time taken and the bottlenecks. The production process can be labor incentive or capital incentive. If more labor is to be used in the production process it is said to be labor incentive and if more machinery is to be used it is said to be capital incentive. In deciding the technology, firms should take in to account the suitability of the location, availability of utilities, labor and raw materials. The technology required for projects can be acquired in different ways. If the project is a traditional one like fishing or rice milling or oil milling or garments , the technology is freely available . If the product to be produced require specialized ,then it should be acquired from outside. There are various ways of acquiring the technology. Some of these are:

- Licensing-paying a royalty - As part of the package of machinery to be purchased - Outright purchase - Through joint ventures

Once the technology and the production process are decided, the next step in the technical appraisal is to decide the list plant and machinery required to perform the production process and other ancillary equipment for the factory and other supporting facilities such as transport and storage.

After the package of machinery required for the project is finalized, the next step in the technical appraisal is to consider the location and the civil engineering aspects of the project .In selecting and deciding the location, the following factors should be taken in to account.

- Infrastructure such as roads, telecommunication ,and power - Facilities such as housing, schools and hospitals for the benefit of workers - Proximity to the market ,if applicable - Availability of labor - Government regulations - Availability of suitable land and cost of land - Environmental aspects

XLIX

The technical appraisal should also come out with the machinery lay-out or how to arrange machinery to efficiently perform the production process. Based on the machinery lay- out, the nature and the extent of the building requirement will be decided. In the civil engineering area the followings should be considered,

- Cost of site development and preparation - Engineering plans for factory and ancillary buildings such as stores, labs, office and housing). - BOQs and cost estimates - Approval for buildings from authorities - Methods of constructing buildings (turn-key, labor contract, full priced contract or market price contracts.)

The technical appraisal should also decide the production program for the project based on the capacity of the package of the machinery. The production program of a project should be based on the achievable capacity of the plant. Achievable capacity will be always less than the rated capacity and achievable capacity will depend on various factors specific to the project such availability of skilled labor and quality of raw materials. The technical report should also include an input/output analysis. The appraisal officer should be able to get from the technical report the types and quantity of inputs (raw materials, labor power etc.) to produce a unit or batch of the product. c) Management appraisal: This is the most important input for a project. The success or otherwise of a project will entirely depend on the management of the firm. If a good project is badly managed it can become a problem project and if a bad project is properly managed it can become a good project. The management of a business involves the management of 5 Ms. these 5 Ms. are:

- Management of Market – How efficiently and aggressively products are sold - Management of Money-How efficiently money is used to maximize profits - Management of Machinery -Ensure smooth production and cost of production is managed properly. - Management of Men- Productivity is maintain while staff welfare is looked after - Management of Materials –Efficient stock management(FG&RM)

Management appraisal of a SME project consist of two components namely the appraisal of the entrepreneur (this was done under Character) and the appraisal of the Key managers. A good entrepreneur should have the following attributes:

L

- Ability to take calculated risk - Perception of market opportunities - Creativity and innovation - Desire to change and willingness to change - Flexibility and adaptability - Integrity

If the entity is small, the entrepreneur will be able to manage the entity by himself . If the entrepreneur feels that he is weak in some areas of management he will recruit managers to look after those areas. Most SME entrepreneurs recruit managers to manage finance (money) and production machinery).if the entity is large he will have to recruit managers to manage all 5 areas of management. The number of managers to be recruited will depend on the capability of the entrepreneur and the size of the entity. Key attributes of a good manager are listed below:

- Through knowledge of the specific area he is managing - Clarity of goals and objectives - Ability to plan, staff, implement and monitor - Ability solve problems - Ability take quick decisions - Ability motivate and achieve targets - Ability to lead d) Financial Appraisal: Based on data collected under market, technical and management appraisals, the credit officers are to carry out the financial appraisal of the project. This topic is to be explained using a case study which is attached as an attachment. The financial appraisal of a project covers four important areas. These four areas are:

a) Estimation of Project cost b) Structuring a financing plan c) Financial forecasting –Profit and Loss, Cash Flow and Pro-forma Balance sheet d) Computation of Viability ratios.

3) ESTIMATION OF CAPITAL COST: The total cost of a project consists of three major components. These components are: i) Capital cost - Cost of all fixed assets such as land, buildings, Plant & Machinery, Furniture & Fittings, motor vehicles and all other fixed assets. ii) Preliminary& Pre-ops - All expenses which may incur during project Implementation and start-up including initial losses (if any)

LI

ii) Net Working Capital - Money required financing raw materials and other Operational expenses until cash is generated from sales (working capital cycle).

The proper estimation of cost of project (i.e. the total amount of money required to implement the project until project generates sufficient cash (to be self-financed) is very important due to the following reasons

- As a pre-requisite for a proper and realistic financial analysis - To avoid under estimation and resultant cost overruns - To avid over estimation and resultant excess financing - As a guide for the project implementation

Main items that will include in a typical new manufacturing business would be as follows. These will vary from project to project.

Land: The appraisal officer in consultation with other technical people should decide whether the land and its location are suitable for the project. in selecting the location, the bank should take in to account the followings: - Availability of water, power, roads and other infrastructure facilities. - Soil conditions - Environment issues –approval from the relevant authority. - Availability of labor and other services, - Extent of the land –The extent of the land should be decided based on the actual needs of the project. The need should cover the current needs and expansion needs in the near future.

The appraisal officer should obtain certain documents from the borrower for to estimate the cost of land to be included in the estimation of capital cost. These documents include: - Title deeds - Valuation reports - Lease agreements if land is on lease

If the land to be used in the project is an inherited property placing a value on it will pose a problem to the appraisal officer .What is the value the bank should place on such properties. Different people have different views on this. My personal view is that the market price of the land should be taken to compute the project cost.

Site development: most of the lands identified for projects require developments and preparations before buildings are constructed .Activities relating to site development and preparation will include the followings:

LII

- Site clearing - Fencing or building parapet walls - Excavations - Filling - Drainage - Roads, walkways and paving - Parking areas Credit analysts should obtain estimates on above or quotations from contractors or borrowers..

Buildings/civil works: The nature of the buildings and the extent of the buildings are based on the machinery layout discussed under the technical appraisal. The types of buildings, a typical industrial project would want to construct are as follows: - Factory buildings where the plant & machinery will be installed. - Administrative office buildings - Stores and ware houses - Facilities for employees such as canteens rest rooms - Maintenance shop or workshop

The credit analyst should obtain the following documents /information from the borrower on the buildings to be constructed.

- Approved building plans and designs - Approval from the relevant authorities such as CEA - Priced BOQs - Method of construction - Arrangement for supervision of construction.

The appraisal officer should make sure that the above documents are with then order and agree with the borrower on the method of construction. There are several ways of constructing buildings. Main methods are:

- Labor contract –borrower hire labor contractor and supplies all materials and payment for labor is based on agreed rates. - Fixed priced contract- Call for quotations from several contractors and select the best person based on price and the reputation- Total contract value is fixed. - Variable priced contracts-Prices of main building materials such as cement and steel are linked to market prices at the time of purchase. - Turnkey basis-Contractor will do everything hand over the keys to the building to the owner for an agreed price.

LIII

The banker, with the agreement of the borrower should appoint an Architect to value the work done for the purpose of disbursements. Based on the method to be used for the construction of the buildings and also based on the priced BOQs, the appraisal officer review estimated cost of buildings. Buildings are not productive assets like plant & machinery. Hence, only the minimum requirement of buildings should be considered in estimating the cost of buildings. Most SME borrowers want to spend unnecessarily on buildings for prestige purposes which are not really necessary forgo for operations of the project.

Plant & Machinery: Based on the production process, the technical people should prepare the list of machinery required for the project. The list should include all items of machinery required to perform all actions described in the production process. The types of machinery required for a typical manufacturing project are as follows:

- Production equipment - Ancillary equipment-(transport, Laboratory, storage, workshop, etc.) - Service equipment (office, canteen etc.) - Vehicles. - Spare parts

The selection and the purchase of machinery and equipment can be done in three different ways as described below:

- The total package from one suppler-He takes the full responsibility - Item by item from different suppliers-No one to take the full responsibility - Turn-key basis

Machinery can be imported (brand new, reconditioned or used), purchased locally or fabricated locally. Most of the time these will be imported .Under the first method mentioned above, one suppler will supply all machines. If he does not have all what the project needs he will arrange with other suppliers, the main supply take the responsibility and extend all guarantees. The project is responsible for importing, installing and trails runs. Some projects buy the different items from different suppliers only with the guarantees on individual items. The projects can acquire machinery on a turn-key basis also. Under turn- key method, the project will obtain all machinery from one supplier and he will be responsible for supplying the entire package. Installing it, training the technical people and carrying out the trial runs. Whatever the method used, it is necessary to call for competitive quotation from at least 3 different parties to ascertain the reasonableness of the prices quoted. In estimating the cost of machinery and equipment the appraisal officers should take in to account the followings:

LIV

- CIF cost of all items to be imported - Duty and taxes - Clearing and transport charges - Technical know-how fees, if applicable - Installation and trail runs

When deciding on procurement of machinery and equipment, the appraisal officers should consider the followings:

- Reasonableness of the price and the quality - Reputation of the supplier - Availability of spare parts - If the machinery are to be imported, availability of local agents. - If the machines are used or reconditioned, valuation and condition reports. - Reasonable payment schedules - Performers guarantees linked to payment schedule

Electrical installations: Before the procumbent of machinery and equipment the project should get a letter from the Electricity Authority or any other relevant authority agreeing to supply electricity to the project and a quotation indicating the cost of supply.

Vehicles: The requirement of vehicles should be decided based on the type of the business or the industry of machinery.

Ancillary equipment: costs of these items should be based on competitive quotations. These should include fixtures & fittings, furniture, computers and any other fixed assets the project would require.

Preliminary and pre-ops: Preliminary and pre-operative expenses includes all expenses incurred by the project promoters in promoting and establishing the project. Some of these items are: - Cost of feasibility studies - Company formation and legal charges - Consultancy fees - Staff cost incurred prior to commencement of commercial operations - Cost of trial runs - Interest on loans and other financial charges prior to commencement of commercial operations. - Initial losses, if any.

LV

Provision for contingencies: A provision for contingencies is necessary to cover likely price escalations. The price escalations would take in to account the length of the implementation schedule, firmness of the quotation for buildings and machinery, fluctuations in exchange rates. Generally, a provision of 10%-15% the identified cost items may be adequate for a project with an implementation period of 1-1/2 years.

Net Working capital: This is the amount of money required to finance the production of a project up to the point of generating a cash surplus from operations. This is also known as working capital cycle. Items included in the working capital cycle are: i). Stocks of raw material ii). Work-in Progress iii) .Stock of finished goods iv). Debtors Minus v) .Creditors vi). Short term borrowings/Overdrafts

The first four items (i-iv) shown above are known as current assets and the total of current assets is known as Gross Working Capital. Items shown under v and iv are known as current liabilities. The difference between the Gross Working Capital (ie total current assets) and the total current liabilities is known as Net Working Capital. This is the amount that should be taken in to the computation of Cost of Project. The case study given in this document (XYZ limited) has given the figures relevant to estimating the working capital requirement. However, in reality credit analyst should estimate the working capital requirement of the project he intends financing. A format to estimate the working capital requirement of a project is given below. The format is for a typical manufacturing enterprise which seeks loan funding to expand its existing operations. if the project is a new venture, the first column of the format is to be ignored. Format to estimate Working Capital:

Existing level Proposed Item Value in Nu Total No. of Days Value 000 Stocks- RM -WIP -FG Debtors Gross C/As Less Short term

LVI

loans Creditors Other Net Margin

A format to be used in estimating the cost of project (expansion or new) is given below. The format will vary from project to project. The credit analyst may change the format to suit the project being appraised. What is important is to include all the cost items in estimating the total cost of the project.

Item of Cost Existing Proposed Total in the Business*

Land

Site Development

Buildings

Electricity and Water

Plant & Machinery Fob Price Insurance & Freight Duty VAT Clearance Installation Inspection TOTAL COST OF PLANT & MACHINERY

Furniture & Fittings

Preliminary& Pre-ops Pre-op Interest Other pre-ops TOTAL PRE-OPS

Any other costs(please specify)

Contingencies

Net Working capital

Total Project Cost

LVII

* This column is applicable only for existing enterprises. Information can be extracted from the latest balance sheet of the enterprises. In the case of XYZ Ltd , this column is not applicable.

4. STRUCTURING A FINANCING PLAN/MEANS OF FINANCE

Once the total cost to implement the project is estimated, the Credit Analyst should determine the most appropriate and cost effective financing plan for the project. Basically there are three different options available for funding a project.

- Entirely with equity/Share capital - Entirely with debt - A combination of both.

The following format can be used to structure a financing plan

SORCES OF FUNDS EXISTING PROPOSED TOTAL i) Borrower ’ own capital ii) Borrowings from the applicant Bank iii) Borrowings from other Banks and FIs iv) Borrowing from other individuals

Total Funds in the Business

) Debt: Equity Ratio = ii + iii + iv i + ii+ iii+ iv

LVIII

- LECTURE NOTE 04:

PROFITABILITY PROJECTIONS:

The viability of a project is assessed based on the profitability projection which is computed using a set of assumptions with regard to income and expenditure of the project .These assumptions are developed using the findings under market, technical, management and financial appraisal. Using these financial data, bankers prepare three financial statements;

- Projected Profit and Loss statement - Projected Cash Flow Statement - Projected Balance Sheet

How to prepare these statements will be discussed using the case study attached (LANKA LIMITED). The standard formats for these statements are also given with the case study.

PROFITABILITY RATIOS/INDICATORS

Based on the financial projections we compute certain ratios to determine whether the project is viable or whether it generates a sufficient return on the amount of money invested on it. Basically there are three groups of people who would want to the viability of projects. These groups are:

- Investors/entrepreneurs - Lenders and - Economic planners/Governments.

The indicators used by different groups to ascertain whether a project is viable or not will differ from group to group. Different indicators are used by different groups are as follows:

Investors: - Payback period method -PBP - Return on Capital Employed -ROCE -Return on Equity - ROE - Net Present Value -NPV - Internal Rate of Return- IRR Lenders: - Internal Rate of Return IRR - Debt Service Cover Ratio DSCR

LIX

LX

Governments: - Economic Internal Rate of Return EIRR - Domestic resource cost Ratio DCR

Investors and lenders undertake financial appraisal of projects and compute viability indicators to decide the financial viability while economic planners/governments use economic appraisal and economic indicators to decide whether the project is desirable from the economic point of view. In this lecture we will be discussing only the financial viability of projects and hence the financial viability ratios are discussed below: a) Payback Period Method (PBP): Here the investor looks at the minimum period within which the total investment (Equity + Debt) can be recovered .If an investor wishes to recover his investment as soon as possible he will use this method or the technique. Investors who consider investing in projects with high technology which changes rapidly will look at this ratio to decide whether to invest or not. The weakness of this method is it does not take into account the profits generated after the recovery period and also the time value of money. According to this method, the shorter the period for recovery the more profitable is the project. b) Return on Capital Employed: (ROCE): This is a measure of the return from the project irrespective of the financing structure of the project. Generally this ratio is calculated for period of one year and profits (Profit before interest on long term debt - tax) as a percentage of total investment (Equity + Debt) c) Return on Equity (ROE): These measures the annual return the project will generate on the capital of the investors or owners of the project. The annual net profit is expressed as a percentage of total equity.

The main weakness of ROCE and ROE is that the calculation does not take in to account the time value of money. Hence, two other indicators are calculated taking in to account the tome value of money. These two indicators are Net Present Value (NPV) and internal rate of Rate of Return (IRR). d) NPV and IRR: Before we discuss these two indicators we should understand the concept of time value of money and discounting. (DCF). A fundamental principle in finance is that money that a person has now is worth more than the same amount of money he will receive in a future date. This is because if you have money today, that money can be invested and earn a return and also due to the fact that purchasing power of money reduces due to price increases or inflation. Hence, we bring down the future value of money to the value of present day by a technique known as discounting. Discounting is

LXI

based on the concept of time value of money. Discounting is essentially a technique by which one can "reduce" the future benefit and cost streams to their present worth. The technique of discounting permits us to determine whether to accept or reject the projects for implementation. The most common means of doing this is to subtract year by year the costs from the benefits to arrive at the incremental surplus and then to discount that. Once the future cash flows have been estimated the appraisal officer should decide the rate at which the future cash flows should be discounted. How do we figure out the discount rate to discount the projected cash flow of the project? . A wide variety of methods can be used to determine the discount rate, but in most cases, appraisal officers apply the concept of the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) which a blend of cost of equity and cost of debt. If the WACC of a business is 20%, the investor will expect a minimum return of 20& from the project.

NPV: Is simply the difference between the total of annual present values of the cash surpluses of the project during its life span and the value of the total investment to be made today. If the discount rate is assumed to be 20% (WACC) and if the difference between the total of the discounted cash flows and the value of the total investment is zero, then the Net Present Value of the Project is Zero.

IRR: Is the rate at which the NPV would be is zero. In this example it is 20%. If the net present value is more than zero and has a positive value then the IRR will be more than the discount rate of 20% and if the NPV is less than zero and has a negative value then the IRR is less than the discount rate of 20%. e) Debt Service Cover ratio (DSCR): When the bankers appraise projects they also use financial indicators such as ROI, ROE, NPV and IRR. In addition, they also use another indicator known as DSCR. The ratio will indicate whether the future free cash flows of the enterprise is adequate to service the debt obligations (Interest and installment).

ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS When Bankers consider large scale projects for financing it is appropriate to undertake an economic appraisal of the project being considered for finance .The economic appraisal is more applicable even though it can be done for SMEs too. For the purpose of completeness, a brief introduction to Economic Appraisal is presented in this document.

Projects which are financially viable will not necessarily economically viable. This is mainly due to transfer payments. Transfer payments are taxes and subsidies. If a project pays taxes to the government, it is a cost to the project but not a cost to the economy. Because the government receives it without adding any value to the project. Similarly, if the project receives a subsidy from the government, it is an income to the project but not a

LXII

value addition to the economy. Hence, when we compute economic viability ratios we adjust the financial profitability removing transfer payments (taxes and subsidies) from the costs and incomes from financial forecast. We calculate two ratios from the adjusted cost of project and adjusted profitability forecast. These two ratios are Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Domestic Resource Cost Ratio (DCR).

ATTACHMENT

CASE STUDY- LANKA LTD - FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS

1) Lanka Ltd is a private limited liability company incorporated to start the manufacture of rubber compounds with a view to supply the entire output to a rubber components manufacturer. The total capital cost involved in the project is estimated at Rs 4.9 mn as detailed below:

Rs 000 Land 500 Building, Electricity and water 1,200 Machinery 2,300 Preliminary & Pre ops* 500 Working capital 400 Total project Cost 4,900

*Preliminary and pre-ops includes pre-operative interest Rs 279,000 for 7 months, Company formation Rs 50,000 ,feasibility reports Rs 50,000 and other preliminary expenses of Rs121,000*

2).The above project cost is to be financed as shown below:

Rs 000 Share capital from Sponsors 2,150 Term Loan From Bank 2750 Total funding 4,900

LXIII

3). The Company is to commence implementation of the project on 1st January 2017 and commercial operations to commence on 1st August 2017.

4). The installed capacity of the project is 1,000,000 kg of rubber compounds per annum. The level of capacity utilization is expected to be 50% during year 01, 55% during year 02, 60% in year 03 , 65% in year 04 and 70% in year 05 and thereafter. The entire production during a year would be sold during that year.

5). The rubber component manufacturer has agreed to buy the entire production of rubber compound and to pay Rs 25.50 per kg of compound of acceptable quality. The Borrower has agreed to provide one month credit to the buyer.

6).The company would be liable to pay VAT at 12.5% of turnover

7). Other taxes on turnover would be 7.5%

8).The raw materials required for the manufacture of rubber compound ( ie Ribbed Smoked Sheets rubber- RSS)) is supplied by the rubber component manufacturer. However, the other raw material required (chemicals) will be purchased by the company and the cost of other raw material would be Rs 2.00 per kg of raw rubber used.

9). An extra provision of 5% of the total other raw materials will be required to meet losses during the usage

10). Workers employed in the rubber compound manufacture are paid on a piece rate basis. The rate applicable is Rs 9.00 per kg of rubber compound produced which covers EPF.ETF etc as well.

11). Based on the proposed production program the consumption of electricity would be as follows. The unit rate expected to be paid is 9.50 per unit

Year 1 (8 2 3 4 5 months0 No. of Units(KWH) 16,667 27,500 30,000 32500 35,000

LXIV

12) Five officers work in the office. They are paid a monthly salary of Rs 25,000 inclusive of EPF and ETF. As per the employment agreement, they are entitled for an annual salary increase of 10% effective from 1st April 2018.

13) The factory will be managed by a production supervisor and two other technicians. Supervisor is paid an all-inclusive monthly salary of Rs 50,000 and a technician is paid Rs 30,000 a month. The annual increment is 10% of the salary effective from 1st April 2018.

14). Depreciation is to be provided at 5% on buildings and 10% on machinery starting from the financial year ending 31st March 2019

15).Pre-operative expenses to be written-off in equal amounts over a period of 5 years starting from the financial year ending 31st March 2019.

16).The term loan of Rs 2.75 mn to bear interest at 17.4 % per annum on reducing balance basis. The loan is to be repaid in equal monthly installments over a period of 5 years after a grace period of 7 months (Starting from August 2017). The loan is to be released in January 2017.

17).The short term interest to be at 22% .The Company will borrow Rs 500,000 initially for working capital purposes.

18) Corporate tax to be computed at 35%.

19) Dividend to be paid at 10% from the third year and at 15% thereafter.

20) Based on experience in relation to similar industries it is assumed that the company will carry raw materials stock for one month, work-in-progress for two weeks, finished goods for one week and debtors for one month at any given time. Credit is also available from the suppliers of chemical for one month. Other current liabilities available to finance working capital is Rs 162,000 .Of the initial Gross Working Capital requirement, around 40% (Rs 400,000) is to be taken to project cost as net working capital. The initial working capital level will remain unchanged during the 5 year period.

21) The implementation of the project is to commence on 01st January 2017 and commercial production is to commence on 01st August 2017. The loan is to be disbursed in

LXV

January and repayments to commence with the commencement of commercial operations in August 2018.

You are required to prepare the following financial statements for period of 5 years: a) Profitability Forecast b) Working Capital Computation c) Cash Flow statement and d) Pro-forma Balance Sheet and e) Viability Ratios

LXVI

ANNEXURE 06 APPRAISAL FORMAT

SME LOANS – Above Nu 500,000 SUMMARY SHEET

1. Borrower’s Name

2. Address

3. Business Registration No & Date

4. Type & Organization Proprietorship/Partnership/Ltd

5. Number of Years in Operation

6. Nature of Business

7. Risk Rating & Date of Rating

8. Repayment Record

9. CIB Reference

10. Exposure – Current Loans

Total Exposure

11. Purpose of the current Loan

12. Total Project Cost

13. Debt Equity - Project - Overall

14 Debt Service Cover Ratio

( DSCR)

15. LTV:

APPRAISAL REPORT ON LOAN OF GRANTED TO......

LXVII

......

1. Name and Address of the Borrower:

2. Introduction (Brief description covering what the business is and its history and background of Promoters).

3. Borrowing history and Debt Servicing History (For each bank a separate table is to be included indicating the name of the bank)

Facility Year Original Outstandin Repayme Regular or Rate of Int granted Amt g amount nt Period in arrears (%) granted

i) ii) iii) iv)

4. Past Performance: 4.1 Profit and Loss Accounts: Summarized Profit and Loss statements are given as Attachment 01 of the Annex 03 .Key indicators extracted from the past P & L accounts are given below:

20... 20... 20... Sales Volumes (no. of units) Average Selling Prices (Rs/Unit) Gross Sales PBID

LXVIII

Net Profit before tax Net profit Gross Margin Net Margin

Comments on past Profit & Loss :

4.1.1 Gross Turnover

4.1.2 Gross Profit

4.1.3 Net Profit

4.1.4 Returns (ROCE and ROE):

4.2 Balance Sheets: Summarized past Balance Sheets are given as attachment 02 of Annex 03 Key indicators extracted from the Summarized B/S are given below: . As at 31st...... 20...... 20...... 20...... Total Assets Equity Term borrowings Short term borrowings

LXIX

DSCR Debt; Equity ratio Current ratio

Comments on past Balance Sheets 4.2.1 Total Assets (Composition and Trend):

4.2.2 DSCR:

4.2.3 Debt Equity:

4.2.4. Current Ratio:

5. Purpose of the proposed loan:

LXX

6. Description Proposed Expansion /Project:

6.1 Rational for and description of the expansion /project

6.2. Cost of Expansion/ Project:

Assets to be acquired Existing Proposed Total after Additional Expansion (A) (B) (A+B) Land Buildings Machinery Vehicles Other assets Pre - Ops Contingency Working Capital Margin Total Investment

6.3. Working Capital Computation:

Existing Level No of Days Total Requirement Additional Item (A) (Working after expansion Requirement From the latest capital ( B)Estimated for (B)- (A) =(C) .(Amount B/S norms) future based on to be taken to W/C Norms) estimate fund requirement) Stocks - RM WIP FG Debtors GROSS WORKING CAPITAL

LXXI

(-) Short term Loans Creditors Other Current Liabilities NET WORKING * CAPITAL

6.4. Financing of the Expansion/Project:

Sources of Funding Existing (A) Proposed/ Additional Total (A)+(B) (B) = C a) Borrowers’ Capital b) Borrowings from PB c) Borrowings from other sources d) Total Funding e) Debt to Equity Ratio

7. Existing and proposed arrangements for the marketing of the products and services offered:

8. Existing and proposed arrangements for management of the Business

9. Employees: Existing …………… Additional/ Proposed……………… Total......

10. Financial Projections: Projected profitability forecast, projected cash flow statement and the pro-forma balance sheets for the next 3-year period are given in the Attachment 03 and 04 respectively of this Appraisal Format (Annex 03).

10.1 List below all the main assumptions used in financial projections:

LXXII

10.2. Key financial indicators extracted from the projected financial statements for the next 3 years are given are given below:

Year ended 31st March 20.. 20.. 20.. Gross sales Profit Before Int, Dep and Tax Net profit Gross assets Equity Term loans DSCR Debt: Equity ratio Current Ratio (CR) Return on Investment (ROA) Return on Equity (ROE)

10.3 Appraisal officers’ comments on the overall viability of the Business:

11. Security and Security Cover (Valuation Reports if any to be attached)

Description Item Value for security a). b). c). d). Total Value of Security

LXXIII

LTV Note: Primary consideration for lending decision is the capacity of the borrower to repay assessed based on the projected cash flow. However, BDBL will always obtain mortgage/s over whatever the available movable and immovable assets of the business. 12. Risks and risk Mitigants:

13 Justification for recommending the loan (Comment on 5 Cs relevant to the borrowing enterprise:

14. Terms and Conditions

a. Name of the Borrower

b. Loan Amount

c. Rate of Interest

d. Repayment Period (Excluding Grace Period)

e. Grace Period

f. Special Conditions

......

LXXIV

......

......

......

Attachment 01 of Annexure 06 Projected Profit and loss statements

Year ending 31st December 20.. 20.. 20.. Gross sales Net sales Less: Variable Expenses Raw Materials Labor Wages Production Expenses Gross Profit Less: Selling and distribution Admin and Estab. Expense Profit before Int, Dep and Tax Depreciation Interest-LT -ST Profit before tax Tax Net Profit after tax Profit C/F

LXXV

Attachment 02 of Annexure 06

Projected cash flow statement

For the year ended 20…… 20…… 20……. Sources Profit Before Int, Dep and Tax Equity term Loans Decrease in net working capital Other Income (Pls Specify) Total sources Uses Capital expenditure Working capital Interest payments Installments Increase in net working capital Tax Total Uses

Opening balance Surplus/Deficit Closing balance

LXXVI

Attachment 03 of Annexure 06 FORMAT FOR RISK RATING (EXISTING BUSINESS) Projected Balance Sheet

As at 31st December 20……… 20……. 20……... Fixed assets land & Buildings Plant and machinery Vehicles other fixed assets Current assets Stocks raw materials work-in-progress finished goods Debtors Cash Other current assets Total Assets

Barrower’s Capital Profit and loss balance Net worth Other term liabilities Current liabilities Creditors Other Current Liabilities Total Liabilities

ANNEXURE 07

LXXVII

1. Quantitative Year Year Growth Max Points Audited/ Audited/ Points Given Draft Draft 1.1 Growth in Turnover 5 1.2 Growth in GP/Sales Ratio 5 1.3 Growth In NP/Sales Ratio 5 1.4 Growth in Profit Before Tax 7 Current Assets Current Liabilities 1.5 Current Ratio 7 Net Worth Term Debt 1.6 Debt to Equity 5 1.7 Debt Service Cover 8 1.8 Payment Record (As per CRIB) Prompt and Regular 8 Occasional Delay 5 Frequent Delay 0 1.10 Account/Facility Conduct Very Well Conducted 5 Good Conduct 3 Poor Conduct 0 1.8 Types of accounts submitted Constructed/draft 2 Management Reviewed 4 Audited 5 Total Quantitative 60 2. Qualitative 2.1 Industry – Current Position Strong 5 Good 3 Weak 0 2.2 Future Prospects Strong 5 Good 3 Weak 0 2.3 Market Position Strong 10 Good 5 Weak 0 2.4 Management Strong 10 Good 5 Weak 0 2.5 Business History Well established (Over 25 years) 10 Short History (10 – 25 years) 7 Recently (>10 years) 3 Total Qualitative 40

LXXVIII

ANNEXURE 07 (A) EXPLANATORY NOTES TO ANNEX 07

1. Quantitative Description Max Points 1.1 Turnover Growth 1 – 10% 2 10 – 15% 3 >15% 5

1.2 Growth in GP/Sales Ratio 1-5% 2 5-10% 3 >10% 5

1.3 Growth In NP/Sales Ratio 1-5 2 5-10% 3 >10% 5

1.2 Growth in Profit Before Tax 1-5% 3 5- 10% 5 >10% 7

1.3 Current Ratio <1 0 1 – 1.25 3 1.25-1.50 5 <1.50 7

1.4 Debt Equity Ratio < 75:25 0 75:25 – 50:50 3 >50:50 5

1.5 Debt Service Cover (Times) <1.0 0 1.0 – 1.25 3 1.25-1.50 5 >1.50 8

1.6 Payment Record Prompt and 10 Regular Occasional Delay 7 Frequent Delay 0

1.7 Account/Facility Conduct Very well 5 Conducted Good Conduct 3 Poor Conduct 0

1.8 Types of financials provided Draft/Constructed 2 Management 3 Reviewed Audited 5 Notes to 1.7 Very Well Conducted No return Cheques

LXXIX

All short term facilities s settled on time All Sales Proceeds credited 5 Good Conduct Very Few Returned Cheques Major portion of Sales Proceeds credited Occasional delays in TOD settlements Poor Conduct Frequent Cheque Returns Sales Proceeds t deposited Frequent delay in TOD settlement

LXXX

ANNEXURE 08

RISK RATING FORMAT (START-UPS)

Criterion Max. Points Points Given 1 Sponsor’s Strength Strong 35 Good 20 Satisfactory 10

2 Project Risk Minimum 25 Moderate 15 High 5

3. Industry Rating Strong 15 Good 10 Satisfactory 5

4. Management Strong 15 Good 10 Satisfactory 5

5 Debt: Equity on Completion >50:50 10 75:25- 50:50 05 <75:25 02

TOTAL 100

LXXXI

ANNEX 08 A EXPLANATORY NOTES TO ANNEX 08 1.Promoter’s Strength 3.Industry Rating i) Strong: Impressive record in Business i) Strong: Perform well at macro level Highly connected to the industry No threat of new entrant High financial strength No threat of substitutes Well experienced in current business Conducive Govt {policy Proven Management expertise Sector infection is less ii)Good: Good track record in business ii) Good: Macro level performance Good connections to the industry moderate Sound financial standing Possibility of new entrants and Some experience in management Substitutes iii)) Satisfactory: New to Business iii) Weak: Poor performance at macro level New to the industry Heavy threats of new entrants Av financial strength and substitutes unfavorable Govt policy

2.Project Risk i) Minimum: High probability of completion 4.Management No adverse technology changes i) Strong: Reputed sponsors/ shareholders Excellent arrangements for High caliber management team implementation Clear succession plan ii) Good: Little known sponsors ii) Moderate: Good probability of completion. Quality management team Possibility of technology Good track record Changes No succession plans Reasonable arrangements for iii)Weak: Unknown sponsors Implementation Average management skills Unknown track record iii) High Risk: Possibility of project not No succession plans implemented Possibility of adverse tech changes

LXXXII

LOAN FILES to LOANS OFFICER RATIO ANNEXURE 09

Branch Name Credit Officer Credit Assistants TOTAL Total loan Ratio Customer THIMPHU MAIN 10 1 11 3654 332 THIMPHU 2 4 6 1357 226 PARO 2 4 6 2712 452 WANGDUE 2 3 5 2561 512 PUNAKHA 2 4 6 2581 430 GASA 1 1 298 298 HAA 1 7 8 1448 181 CHUKHA 2 1 3 1134 378 TRASHIGANG 2 11 13 3311 255 TYANGTSE 2 5 7 1590 227 MONGAR 1 6 7 2540 363 LHUNTSE 2 5 7 946 135 SJONGKHAR 1 9 10 1265 127 PGATSHEL 1 5 6 1408 235 BUMTHANG 2 5 7 1468 210 TRONGSA 2 5 7 1616 231 ZHEMGANG 4 4 1152 288 SARPANG 1 1 2 1222 611 DAGANA 2 2 843 422 SAMTSE 1 6 7 1906 272 TSIRANG 1 5 6 1596 266 WAMRONG 2 6 8 1161 145 PLING 2 4 6 1898 316 NGANGLAM 1 2 3 893 298 PANBANG 1 3 4 829 207 DOROKHA 1 2 3 999 333 JOMOTSHANGKHA 2 3 5 523 105 LHAMOIZINGKHA 1 2 3 459 153 GELEPHU 1 4 5 1631 326 YADHI 2 5 7 1347 192 DPELA 1 3 4 1368 342 SAMDRUPCHOLING 1 3 4 1255 314 TASHICHOLING 2 3 5 2097 419 GEDU 1 4 5 957 191 NUBDING 1 4 5 957 191 TOTAL 71 142 198 52982

LXXXIII

ANEXURE 10 CURENT INTEREST RATES

Cu

LXXXIV

ANNEXURE 11 REDCL FINANCIALS- PROFIT AND LOSS STATYEMENTS Nu 000 Year Ended 2016 2017 2018 In come from Microfinance Activities 2230.1 3634.9 9422.6 Other incomes 6 628.6 612.9 TOTAL INCOME 2236.1 4263.5 10035.5 Less Operational and Maintenance Expenses 2425.7 5536.3 9098.2 Employee Benefit Expenses 3123.8 18454.8 18188.5 Depreciation Expense 203.5 1239.1 1223.5 Other expenses 0 2702.1 2724.2 Total Operating Expenses 5753 27932.3 31234.4 NET PROFIT BEFORE IMPAIREMENT -3516.9 -23668.8 -21198.9 Imparement on Loan Portfolio 0 8230.4 5620.4 NET PROFIT -3516.9 -31899.2 -26819.3

LXXXV

ANNEXURE 12 REDCL BALANCESHEETS As at 31st December 2016 2017 2018 Non-Current assets Property ,Plant and Equipment 1945.4 6965.4 6301.6 Non -current assets 118.1 59.5 322699.2 Total Non-Current assets 2063.5 7024.9 329000.8 Current Assets Short term loans and advances 84048.1 141420.8 323959.5 other current assets 595.9 866.2 908.3 Bank Cash and Bank Balances Balances 59682.6 86451.9 53727.2 Total current assets 144326.6 228738.9 54996 TOTAL ASSETS 146390.1 235763.8 383996.8 Equity and Capital Reserves Share Capital 15000 35000 430535 Revolving Fund II 127296 225296 0 Capital Reserves 6820.2 6820.3 6820.3 Retained Earnings -4806.6 -36705.8 -63525.1 TOTAL EQUITY 144309.6 230410.5 373830.2 Non-Current Liabilities Employee Benefits Liabilitie 155.5 506.7 567.7 Current Liabilities Trade and other payable 1708.9 3051.3 6773.3 Other current Liabilities 216.1 219.4 270.3 Employee Benefits Liabilities 0 1576.2 2555.3 Total current liabilities 1925 5353.6 9598.9 TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 146390.1 235764.1 383429.1

LXXXVI

ANNEXURE 13 SUGGESTED GUIDELINES FOR GROUP LENDING

1. Step One-Identifying eligible Households /Micro Entrepreneurs: The first step in group lending is to identify the eligible Households or micro entrepreneurs who are in need of credit or facilities for savings. For administrative purposes Bhutan is divided in to 20 Dzongkhags (districts), some large districts have divided in to 10 Dungkhags (sub-districts) 205 Gewogs (Group of villages) and 4500 villages. Few villages together form a Gewog. Each Gewog has an elected community leader working with the government officials in managing the Gewog. Each district has a district development committee comprising of elected representative. Each Gewog has a Community Centre and the community Centers are managed by BDBL. With the assistance of the community leaders and district development committees, BDBL to identify the villages and Gewogs where people want to borrow. Each Gewog has a BDBL officer and this officer is to be given the responsibility of identifying villages

2. Step Two- Selection of group members: The Credit Officer of the branch under which the community center falls, together with staff at the Community Centre are responsible for approaching the potential borrowers with the help of elected representative. In identifying the prospective borrowers, priority will be given to women and unemployed youth. In some countries the identification of eligible households is done using a poverty index or acceptable selection criteria. Once a group of prospective borrowers is identified and selected, the bank officers will interview the head of the household to obtain necessary information on the households, its occupants and .its level and source of income. The Head of the Household or any adult member of the household should have some idea of an income generating activity he/she intends undertaking. If the identified person is a micro entrepreneur, he will be able tell the actual income if the business is exiting or the projected income if the business is a start-up. At this stage a separate file will be opened by the bank

LXXXVII

for each prospective borrower (and also assign a number) to record the finding of the interview.

3. Step Three-Group Formation: The next step in the process is the group formation. Based on the findings of the households and micro entrepreneur interviews, the branch credit officer and CC staff officer will try to motivate at least ten to fifteen households or micro entrepreneurs in the first round of canvassing in a Gewog/Chiwog to become members of the BDBL’s group lending program. The operating base of group lending is Member Groups and Centers. The selected households /prospective borrowers who are willing to become members of the BDBL’s group lending program, will be assisted to by BDBL staff to form themselves into groups of three to five self-chosen prospective borrowers. Two or more groups will form a center. Credit Officer and CC staff of BDBL who is in charge of a particular Gewog will not insist which clients should form a group. Rather, he/she should assist the prospective borrowers by explaining the criteria for forming groups. Once the formation of few groups is completed Credit offer will help groups to form themselves in to Centers. At its first meeting centers will appoint a Centre Leader, sometimes called the President and a Centre Secretary. The Group and the Centre are the foundation of group lending. So it is important for the credit officers of BDBL to create solid Groups and Canters in terms of their solidarity. Before deciding to enroll a member, credit officers would make an assessment of the character of the member to be enrolled. Checking with village leaders/elected representatives or some other responsible entity such as temples is to be done to avoid wilful defaulters in the future. Centers are to meet at least once a month. Lending Officer of BDBL is responsible for conducting the fortnightly Centre Meeting along with Centre Leader (CL). Centre meeting is the place where clients will do their all transactions and business with LPB. Every client has an obligation to attend the center meeting. Lending Officer should not have any transaction with the clients outside of the center meeting. So, the all financial transaction is transparent to members of the center. Centre discipline of the new groups will be observed closely from the beginning.

4. Step Four- Opening a savings account: Once a group formation and establishment of the center is completed, group members who intend expanding existing micro enterprises or commencing micro enterprises and wish to borrow from BDBL will be first asked to open a

LXXXVIII

savings account with BDBL LPB as a pre-request for becoming a member of BDBL’s group lending program. BDBL will decide the minimum amount the members should regularly save in their accounts.

5. Step Five-Financial Literacy Training to Group Members: Most of the members recruited May not aware of the working of the BLBL’s group lending program and benefits of same. Hence, it is necessary to provide some training to the prospective borrowers. The purpose of the financial education for clients is to educate each of them about the concept of money and how to manage it wisely. The aim is to enable people to become more informed financial decision makers, develop awareness of personal financial issues and some basic financial skills. A comprehensive training program for would be borrowers is to be developed by the Bank with assistance from a capable external party. The training program will be of two parts .First part will be an introduction to BDBL and its services and part two of the training program would be the financial training to the prospective borrowers. BDBL may consider hiring an outside trainer first to train a team of trainers (Training of Trainers- TOT) as a pilot project. These trainers will undertake the conducting of future financial literacy training programs. Topics to be included, inter alia, in the financial literacy training program would be as follows:

• Basic Principles of money management ➢ Assessing the financial situation of the client ➢ Setting financial goals ➢ Distinguishing between needs and wants ➢ Assessing the clients financial style or personality • Managing cash flow and budgeting ➢ Making a financial plan ➢ Developing a budget ➢ How to adhere to the financial plan and the budget ➢ Spending wisely-stretching one's money ➢ Understanding of difference between cash flow and profitability • Building assets ➢ Land and Buildings. Consumer durables and other physical assets

LXXXIX

➢ How to invest in an income generating activity ➢ Protecting assets • Dealing with life cycle events ➢ Marriage ➢ Household formation ➢ Birth of Children ➢ Children's education ➢ Retirement old age ➢ Death • Interfacing with formal and informal financial institutions. ➢ Savings-Opening a savings account and setting saving targets ➢ Participating in ROSCAS ➢ Borrowing when to borrow and when not to borrow. Risk associated with borrowing. ➢ Understand how to calculate interest ➢ Understand terms and conditions of borrowing ➢ Compare terms and conditions of different financial institutions ➢ Need for insurance. Understanding what it is and how it works • Dealing with Special challenges ➢ Illness of family members ➢ Death of family members ➢ Own illness ➢ Divorcee or family breakdown ➢ Job loss ➢ Natural disasters/calamities • Earning Money. ➢ Developing money making ideas ➢ Looking or job and starting your own enterprise ➢ How to manage a micro enterprise • Record keeping and understanding of financial statements ➢ What are the basic financial records

XC

➢ Need for financial records ➢ Understanding of basic financial records • Risk Diversification ➢ Risk in engaging only in one business ➢ Concept of “pouting all eggs in one Basket” • Online Banking and usage of mobile phones in banking ➢ What is mobile banking ➢ New trends in banking

6. Step Six- Collecting Loan Applications: Once the training for clients is over, credit will distribute the Loan applications to members to submit their loan proposals who are willing to borrow. Credit Officer (CO) will also explain and assist the clients to fill the loan application. BDBL may use the loan application they presently use for group loans application to submit the loan proposals .Loan applications from the group members should be review by all group members and recommend first it to the Centre Leader and the Centre Leader in turn will submit same to CO. During the Centre meeting, members will submit their loan proposals and these loan proposals first will be discussed among the fellow group members and get each member’s recommendation before it is given to the Centre Leader. Every member of the Centre should agree with the loan proposals submitted by other members .The CO is responsible for appraising the loan proposals submitted by members. LO is also responsible for getting the necessary information in the loan proposal form. It is essential to minimize the credit risk by getting accurate information about the client’s business and his background. The objective is to assess the client’s capacity to service what he is borrowing.

7. Step Seven- Loan Approval. The CO after collecting the loan proposals from the members during the Centre meeting will discuss the loan application with the prospective borrowers and collect the additional information he may require to process the application. He /She then complete the evaluation and will also discuss it with the branch manager/branch supervisor and decided whether to approve the loan. The decision to lend or reject an application will be taken by the branch manager /Supervisor. Once the loan is approved, the CO will get the loan documents completed and take those documents to the next Centre Meeting and get the borrower to sign it. When a group member borrows, all other members

XCI

of the group will extend their guaranties for the loan taken by the fellow member. The Branch manager/Supervisor will be the approving authority of the Group Micro Finance loans..

8. Step Eight - Loan Disbursements and Recoveries: All these are to be happened at the Centre Meeting. Loans to be given under this program will have monthly Equated Monthly Installments (EMIs). The Co when coming for the Centre meeting will bring two prepared statements. One is the disbursement statement with details of loans to be disbursed during the center meet. The other is the list of amounts to be collected on the loans already disbursed. In some Financial Institutions both these are included in one statement which is called “Collection and Disbursement Schedule (CDS)” The Computer system should be able to produce this schedule. The CO should have clear understanding of how to conduct a Centre Meeting and guidelines on conducting meetings. The CO should be present at the Centre meeting at least 5 minutes before the schedule time. No excuse is acceptable for late arrival by the lending officer to Centre meeting. All members must attend on time. Centre Leader (CL) will sit close to the Lending Officer and check the client’s attendance and help the CO in collection and disbursement. Centre Secretary records the attendance in Collection and Disbursement Sheet (CDS). In case of usual sickness (own, child or husband) client should come to Centre for a while to handing her payment to Group Leader(GL) and signing CDS and can go back to home immediately. She does not need to sit in the meeting. For any emergency, members can take leave from CL prior to the day of monthly Centre meeting after handing his/her repayment to CL.

CL will lead the collection starting from group the first group. GL is responsible to collect fortnightly payment and voluntary savings from his/her fellow clients and handover the collected repayment to CO. After completing the collection, loan disbursement will take place. Before the loan disbursement, CO will check the identification documents of the borrower mentioned in the loan proposal. The borrower signs CDS that she/he has received the loan. Loan proceeds are credit to the savings account of the borrower. During the Centre meeting the CO will also encourage members to undertake voluntary savings. Once the first cycle of loans is repaid satisfactorily; members are entitled for another cycle with a higher quantum.

XCII

XCIII

ANNEXURE 14

CREDIT SCORING FOR CONSUMER DURABLE LEASES FOR INDIVIDUALS

1) Introduction

A credit score is a number generated by pre-determined criteria to assess the extent of the risk of a credit proposal, i.e. high, medium or low. Generally, low risk categories are accepted the high-risk proposals are rejected at the outset. This is ideal for standard products like Credit Cards and Personal Loans. Consumer durable product is product where credit scoring could be used for decision making.

2) Reasons for proposing a Credit Scoring system for consumer durables for Individuals.

2.1) Since any credit proposal from an individual is not very complex, through a credit score, approval process can be simplified to deliver the product faster. 2.2) Since the lending officers will be using standard pre-determined criteria and the result will be thrown out by the computer, further appraisal and approval by higher authorities would be redundant. This too will expedite the approval process further. 2.3) Since a standard set of questions will have to be answered by all the applicants, the possibility of missing a certain vital area can be avoided, and the probability of a human error in any appraisal will be minimized to a great extent. . 2.4) The product can be made available literally “over the counter” “which BDBL could market as a niche product.

3) Methodology used.

Although, the credit scoring systems are is commonly developed by analyzing past statistics and data and picking up characteristics of past borrowers that helps the banker to make an assessment of the creditworthiness of future a borrowers. Since this is a new product to BDBL and past data is not available, the Consultant has used his knowledge and experience and literature available in the public domain to build up this credit scoring system. In this scoring system the consultant assigns a score not only to the individual applying for leasing but also to the consumer durable /assets to be purchased and the repayment capacity.

XCIV

4). Range of Scores to be used:

The range scores used in the scoring system is shown below:

Attribute Minimum Maximum Score Score

05 20 Applicant’s Age Educational Qualifications 05 20

Current Occupation 05 40

Net monthly Salary/Household Income 05 25

Nature of income (Fixed/Variable) 05 10

Length of period of generating income from above 00 30 Source

Payment Guaranteed 00 10

No of Dependents 00 15

Own a Home 00 30

Declared Assets 00 25

Length of banking relationship with BDBL 00 10

Repayment Ability (DSCR) 00 35

Quantum Of Finance of the total cost of asset 05 25

No of upfront Rentals 00 15

Asset type to be leased 05 15

Value of the asset 05 20

Additional Security ,if any /Personal Guarantees 00 30

Debt Servicing History (CIB Report) 05 35

Total 55 420

XCV

The risk rating system is to be incorporated to the current IT system and the calculation of the score is to be done online and the approval is also to be done online.

ATTACHMENT 01 OF ANNEXURE 14

Credit Scoring Model – Assets Leasing for Individuals

Attribute Criteria Score

Applicant’s Age Below 23 Yrs 10 24 Yrs to 30 Yrs. 15

31 Yrs to 40 Yrs. 20

41 Yrs to 50 Yrs. 10

51 and above 05

Profession/Qualifications Civil Servants 20

Professionals 20

Public sector employees 15

Private sector employees 15

Farmers with Solid Income 10

Others 05

Net monthly Salary/Income Below - Nu 20,000 05

Nu . 20,001/= to 30,000 10

Nu 30,001/= to 40,000/= 15

Nu. 40,001/= to 50,000/= 20

Rs. 50,001/= & above 25

(These numbers can be changed)

Nature of Income Fixed 10

XCVI

Variable 05

Length of Time of the income from above source

Less than 03 yrs 05

03 yrs. 10 Yrs 15

Over 10 yrs 30

Payment Guaranteed Yes 10

No 00

No of Dependents None 15

One 10

Two 05

More than two 00

Own a Home Yes –without borrowing 30 Yes with Finance 15

No 00

Declared Assets Not Declared 00

Less than Nu. 0.5 Mn 05

Nu. 0.5 Mn to Rs. 1.0 Mn 10

Nu. 1.0 Mn to 2.5 Mn 15

Over Nu 2.5 mn 25

(These numbers could be changed)

Past Debt servicing Regard(CIB) Prompt & Regular 15

Occasional Delays 10

XCVII

Rescheduled 05

Length of banking relationship with BDBL Less than 12 months 00

12 months to 36 months 05

Over 36 months 10

Repayment Ability (DSCR) Below 1.3 times 00

Including the New exposure 1.31 to 1.5 times 15

1.51 to 2.0 times 25

> 2.0 times 30

Quantum Of Finance 100% 05

75% to 99% 15

51% to 74% 20

50% & below 25

No of upfront Rentals None 00

One 05

Two 10

More than two 15

Vehicle Type Vehicle 15

Consumer Durable-(White, Brown, Electronic) 10

Others 05

Value of Vehicle Below Rs. 1.0Mn 10

Rs. 1.0 to Rs. 2.0Mn. 20

XCVIII

Rs. 2.01 to Rs. 3.0Mn. 10

Over Rs. 3.0 Mn. 05

Additional Security None 00

Personal Guarantors 05

Movable Mortgage without Guarantors 10

Immovable Mortgage without Guarantors 15

Cash Margin 20

Final Rating Maximum Points - 420

Range (%) Range (Points) Action/Decision

Over 75% Over 315 Proceed – Reduction of ALCO determined rate by 1.0%

61% to 74% 253 to 314 Proceed - Reduction of ALCO rate by 0.5%

51% to 60% 211 to 252 Proceed - ALCO determined rate

41% to 50% 169 to 210 Proceed - Increase the ALCO determined rate by 1.0% Approval by Next Higher

Authority

Below 40% Below 168 DROP

XCIX